UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number: 001-31343

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Wisconsin	39-1098068
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1200 Hansen Road Green Bay, Wisconsin	54304
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (920) 491-7000

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/40th Interest in a Share of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B	The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes  ¨        No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  þ        No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  þ	Accelerated filer  ¨	Non-accelerated filer  ¨	Smaller reporting company  ¨
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes  ¨        No  þ

As of June 30, 2011, (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $2,380,375,000. This excludes approximately $29,526,000 of market value representing the outstanding shares of the registrant owned by all directors and officers who individually, in certain cases, or collectively, may be deemed affiliates. This includes approximately $72,105,000 of market value representing 2.99% of the outstanding shares of the registrant held in a fiduciary capacity by the trust company subsidiary of the registrant.

As of January 31, 2012, 173,984,443 shares of common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Document Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 24, 2012 Part of Form 10-K Into Which Portions of Documents are Incorporated Part III

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

2011 FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business		3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		16
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		29
Item 2.	Properties		29
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		29
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		29
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		30
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		32
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		34
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		81
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		82
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		150
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		150
Item 9B.	Other Information		152
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		152
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		152
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		152
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		153
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		153
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		153
Signatures			157

2

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This document, including the documents that are incorporated by reference, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Exchange Act (the “Exchange Act”). You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future,” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information. We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. Such forward-looking statements may relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, or business and are based upon the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the information available to our management at the time these disclosures are prepared. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that we may not be able to accurately predict or control and our actual results may differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Shareholders should be aware that the occurrence of the events discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this document and in the information incorporated by reference herein, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. These factors, many of which are beyond our control, include the following:

• credit risks, including changes in economic conditions and risk relating to our allowance for loan losses;

• liquidity and interest rate risks, including the impact of capital markets conditions and changes in monetary policy on our borrowings and net interest income;

• operational risks, including processing, information systems, and business interruption risks;

• strategic and external risks, including economic, political, and competitive forces impacting our business;

• legal, compliance, and reputational risks, including regulatory and litigation risks; and

• the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.

For a discussion of these and other risks that may cause actual results to differ from expectations, refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this document. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this document relate only to circumstances as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

PART  I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

General

Associated Banc-Corp (individually referred to herein as the “Parent Company” and together with all of its subsidiaries and affiliates, collectively referred to herein as the “Corporation,” “Associated,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a bank holding company registered pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). We were incorporated in Wisconsin in 1964 and were inactive until 1969 when permission was received from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) to acquire three banks. At December 31, 2011, we owned one nationally chartered commercial bank headquartered in Wisconsin serving local communities within our three-state footprint (Wisconsin, Illinois, and Minnesota), one nationally chartered trust company headquartered in Wisconsin, and 29 limited purpose banking and nonbanking subsidiaries either located in or conducting business primarily in our three-state footprint that are closely related or incidental to the business of banking. Measured by total assets held at December 31, 2011, we are the largest commercial bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin and one of the top 50 financial services holding companies operating in the United States.

3

Services

Through our banking subsidiary Associated Bank, National Association (“Associated Bank” or the “Bank”) and various nonbanking subsidiaries, we provide a broad array of banking and nonbanking products and services to individuals and businesses through more than 250 banking offices serving more than 150 communities. We organize our business into two reportable segments: Banking and Wealth Management. Our banking and wealth management activities are conducted predominantly in Wisconsin, Minnesota, and Illinois, and are primarily delivered through branch facilities in this tri-state area, as well as supplemented through loan production offices, supermarket branches, a customer service call center and 24-hour phone-banking services, an interstate Automated Teller Machine (ATM) network, and internet banking services. See also Note 19, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” As disclosed in Note 19, the banking segment represented 90% (before intercompany eliminations) of total revenues in 2011. Our profitability is significantly dependent on net interest income, noninterest income, the level of the provision for loan losses, noninterest expense, and related income taxes of our banking segment.

Banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governments, retail customers, and consumers, and the operational support to deliver, fund, and manage such banking services. We offer a variety of loan and deposit products to retail customers, including but not limited to: home equity loans and lines of credit, residential mortgage loans and mortgage refinancing, personal and installment loans, checking, savings, money market deposit accounts, IRA accounts, certificates of deposit, and safe deposit boxes. As part of our management of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans, the majority of our long-term, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with servicing rights retained. Loans, deposits, and related banking services offered to businesses (including small and larger businesses, governments/municipalities, metro or niche markets, and companies with specialized lending needs such as floor plan lending or asset-based lending) primarily include, but are not limited to: business checking and other business deposit products, business loans, lines of credit, commercial real estate financing, construction loans, letters of credit, revolving credit arrangements, and to a lesser degree, business credit cards and equipment and machinery leases. To further support business customers and correspondent financial institutions, we provide safe deposit and night depository services, cash management, international banking, as well as check clearing, safekeeping, and other banking-based services.

Lending involves credit risk. Credit risk is controlled and monitored through active asset quality management including the use of lending standards, the thorough review of potential borrowers through our underwriting process, and active asset quality administration. Credit risk management is discussed under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” sections “Critical Accounting Policies,” “Loans,” “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonaccrual Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned,” and under Part II, Item 8, Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 3, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. Also see Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

The wealth management segment provides products and a variety of fiduciary, investment management, advisory and corporate agency services to assist customers in building, investing, or protecting their wealth. Customers include individuals, corporations, small businesses, charitable trusts, endowments, foundations, and institutional investors. The wealth management segment is comprised of a full range of personal and business insurance products and services (including life, property, casualty, credit and mortgage insurance, fixed annuities, and employee group benefits consulting and administration); full-service investment brokerage, variable annuities, and discount and on-line brokerage; and trust/asset management, investment management, administration of pension, profit-sharing and other employee benefit plans, personal trusts, and estate planning. See also Note 19, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” As disclosed in Note 19, the wealth management segment represented 11% (before intercompany eliminations) of total revenues in 2011, as defined in the note.

4

We are not dependent upon a single or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on us. No material portion of our business is seasonal.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 5,100 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by unions.

Competition

The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete for loans, deposits, and financial services in all of our principal markets. We compete directly with other bank and nonbank institutions located within our markets, internet-based banks, out-of-market banks and bank holding companies that advertise or otherwise serve our markets, money market and other mutual funds, brokerage houses, and various other financial institutions. Additionally, we compete with insurance companies, leasing companies, regulated small loan companies, credit unions, governmental agencies, and commercial entities offering financial services products. Competition involves efforts to retain current customers and to obtain new loans and deposits, the scope and type of services offered, interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans, as well as other aspects of banking. We also face direct competition from members of bank holding company systems that have greater assets and resources than ours.

Supervision and Regulation

Overview

Financial institutions are highly regulated both at the federal and state levels. Numerous statutes and regulations affect the business of the Corporation.

As a registered bank holding company under the BHC Act, we are regulated, supervised, and examined by the Federal Reserve. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) has backup enforcement authority over a depository institution holding company, such as the Corporation, if the conduct or threatened conduct of such holding company poses a risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), although such authority may not be used if such holding company is generally in sound condition and does not pose a foreseeable and material risk to the DIF. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to serve as a “source of financial strength” for our subsidiary depository institution. Although not yet released, the federal banking agencies have announced that they will be issuing rules related to this requirement.

Associated Bank and our nationally chartered trust subsidiary are regulated, supervised and examined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). The OCC has extensive supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of the Corporation’s national bank subsidiaries. As part of this authority, the national bank subsidiaries are required to file periodic reports with the OCC and are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC. Associated Bank, our only subsidiary that accepts insured deposits, is also subject to examination by the FDIC. We are subject to the enforcement and rule-making authority of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) regarding consumer financial products. The CFPB will have authority to create and enforce consumer protection rules and regulations and has the power to examine us for compliance with such rules and regulations.

We participated in the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) which was a part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s program designed to implement the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. We repaid all of the Treasury’s investment in our preferred stock under TARP in 2011 and are no longer subject to any of the limitations under TARP.

5

Bank Holding Company Act Requirements

In connection with applicable requirements, bank holding companies file periodic reports and other information with the Federal Reserve. The BHC Act also governs the activities that are permissible to bank holding companies and their affiliates and permits the Federal Reserve, in certain circumstances, to issue cease and desist orders and other enforcement actions against bank holding companies and their non-banking affiliates to correct and curtail unsafe or unsound banking practices. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and longstanding Federal Reserve Policy, bank holding companies are required to act as a source of financial strength to each of their subsidiaries pursuant to which such holding company may be required to commit financial resources to support such subsidiaries in circumstances when, absent such requirements, they might not otherwise do. The BHC Act further regulates holding company activities, including requirements and limitations relating to capital, transactions with officers, directors and affiliates, securities issuances, dividend payments, inter-affiliate liabilities, extensions of credit, and expansion through mergers and acquisitions.

The BHC Act allows certain qualifying bank holding companies that elect treatment as “financial holding companies” to engage in activities that are financial in nature and that explicitly include the underwriting and sale of insurance. The Parent Company thus far has not elected to be treated as a financial holding company. Bank holding companies that have not elected such treatment generally must limit their activities to banking activities and activities that are closely related to banking.

Banking Acquisitions

We are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval before acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company, bank or savings association. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act.

Banking Subsidiary Dividends

The Parent Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of our revenue comes from dividends paid to us by Associated Bank. The OCC’s prior approval of the payment of dividends by Associated Bank to the Parent Company is required only if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the sum of the Bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits national banks from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses.

Holding Company Dividends

In addition, we and our banking subsidiary are subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank or bank holding company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

6

Capital Requirements

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements both at the Parent Company and at the Bank level administered by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, respectively. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (described below), we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting policies. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to judgments by the regulators regarding qualitative components, risk weightings, and other factors. We have consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios at or above the well capitalized standards. For further detail on capital and capital ratios see discussion under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” sections, “Liquidity” and “Capital,” and under Part II, Item 8, Note 17, “Regulatory Matters,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Under the risk-based capital requirements for bank holding companies, the minimum requirement for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital (as defined below) is to be composed of common stockholders’ equity, retained earnings, qualifying perpetual preferred stock (in a limited amount in the case of cumulative preferred stock), minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, and qualifying trust preferred securities, less goodwill and certain intangibles (“Tier 1 Capital”). The remainder of total capital may consist of qualifying subordinated debt and redeemable preferred stock, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and allowance for loan losses (“Tier 2 Capital”, and together with Tier 1 Capital, “Total Capital”). At December 31, 2011, our Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.08% and Total Capital ratio was 15.53%.

The Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These requirements provide for a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average quarterly assets (“Leverage Ratio”) equal to 3% for bank holding companies that meet specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies will generally be required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%. Our Leverage Ratio at December 31, 2011, was 9.81%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “tangible tier 1 leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) in evaluating proposals for expansion or to engage in new activity.

In April 2010, the Corporation entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“Memorandum”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“Reserve Bank”). The Memorandum, which was entered into following the 2008-2009 supervisory cycle, is an informal agreement between the Parent Company and the Reserve Bank. As required, management has submitted plans to strengthen board and management oversight and risk management and for maintaining sufficient capital incorporating stress scenarios. On February 27, 2012, the Corporation announced the Reserve Bank Memorandum was expected to be terminated in March, 2012.

Our commercial national bank subsidiary is subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the OCC. The risk-based capital requirements identify concentrations of credit risk and certain risks arising from non-traditional activities, and the management of those risks, as important factors to consider in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. Other factors taken into consideration by federal regulators include: interest rate exposure; liquidity, funding and market risk; the quality and level of earnings; the quality of loans and investments; the effectiveness of loan and investment policies; and management’s overall ability to monitor and control financial and operational risks, including the risks presented by concentrations of credit and non-traditional activities.

In September 2011, the OCC terminated a Memorandum of Understanding (the “OCC Memorandum”) entered into in November 2009. The OCC Memorandum, which was an informal agreement between Associated Bank and the OCC, required Associated Bank among other things to implement a three-year capital plan providing for

7

maintenance of capital at specified levels higher than those otherwise required by applicable regulations, notification to the OCC of dividends proposed to be paid by Associated Bank to the Parent Company, and the Parent Company’s commitment to act as a primary or contingent source of Associated Bank’s capital.

Basel III — Capital, Liquidity and Stress Testing Requirements

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has drafted frameworks for the regulation of capital and liquidity of internationally active banking organizations, generally referred to as “Basel III”. Although the U.S. banking agencies have not yet formalized their implementation of the Basel III framework applicable to domestic banks in the United States, they are likely to do so during the first half of 2012. On December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve published a notice of proposed rulemaking that would implement elements of Sections 165 and 166 of the Dodd-Frank Act which encompass certain aspects of Basel III with respect to capital and liquidity. As proposed, the new rules, when implemented and fully phased-in, will require US bank holding companies to maintain higher levels of capital and liquidity than the minimums that currently apply under existing capital regulations.

Capital Requirements

The Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) formalizes a capital measure called “Tier 1 Common Equity” (“T1CE”), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consist only of T1CE and certain “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defines T1CE narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to T1CE and not to the other components of capital. The framework also expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing capital regulations, including, for example, requiring that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from T1CE to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of T1CE. Further, under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are generally excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. However, under the Basel III capital framework, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive items are included, which could result in significant variations in capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of our securities portfolio. As proposed under the Basel III framework, implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to T1CE will begin on January 1, 2014 and will be phased-in over a five-year period (20% per year).

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III will require banks to maintain (i) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of T1CE to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% T1CE ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum overall leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to reported balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital could adversely impact our return on equity. We believe we would currently meet the fully phased in Basel III capital requirements, if they were applicable to us today.

8

Liquidity Requirements

Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. However, the Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. The December 20, 2011, Federal Reserve notice of proposed rulemaking incorporates a similar methodology as that contemplated in the Basel III liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), and is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered “highly liquid” assets relative to the entity’s projected net cash outflow over various time horizons and under a range of liquidity stress scenarios. The December 20, 2011 notice of proposed rulemaking incorporates the requirements that institutions establish, document, monitor and report upon specific limits and ratios of liquidity. It is currently contemplated that the final definition of “highly liquid” assets for US institutions will include agency guaranteed mortgage-backed securities and agency collateralized mortgage obligations. These new standards are subject to further rulemaking and their terms may well change before implementation. Requirements to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact our net income and return on equity. We believe we would currently meet the expected Dodd-Frank Act liquidity requirements, if they were applicable to us today.

Capital Planning and Stress testing Requirements

As required for the review and approval of our regulators of our full repayment of the UST’s investment in our preferred stock under TARP in September 2011, we prepared and submitted pro forma capital plans and multiple stress testing scenarios. Under rules adopted by the Federal Reserve in November 2011, known as the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) Rules, bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets are required to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve and generally may pay dividends and repurchase stock only under a capital plan as to which the Federal Reserve has not objected. Although the CCAR rules do not specifically apply to us as our total consolidated assets are below $50 billion, the December 20, 2011 proposed rulemaking by the Federal Reserve and the related January 24, 2012 proposed rulemaking of the OCC with respect to Annual Stress Tests would be applicable to covered banking institutions with total consolidated assets in excess of $10 billion and the proposed stress test methods largely mirror those applicable to the larger institutions under CCAR. Accordingly, we expect to prepare and submit to our regulators on-going stress tests largely consistent with CCAR and the separate scenarios developed by the OCC. Further, we expect that we will be asked to develop and submit capital plans to our primary regulators with respect to any potential capital stress events highlighted by our stress testing, including capital contingency plans and capital retention or enhancements strategies. We further anticipate that our pro forma capital ratios, as reflected in the stress test calculations under the required stress test scenarios, will be an important factor considered by the Federal Reserve Board in evaluating whether proposed payments of dividends or stock repurchases are consistent with its prudential expectations. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or liquidity to address potential adverse stress scenarios, could adversely impact our net income and our return on equity.

Enforcement Powers of the Federal Banking Agencies; Prompt Corrective Action

Both the Federal Reserve and the OCC have extensive supervisory authority over their regulated institutions, including, among other things, the power to compel higher reserves, the ability to assess civil money penalties, the ability to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and the ability to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations or for unsafe or unsound banking practices. Other actions or inactions by the Parent Company may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports.

Federal banking regulators are authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take certain actions against banks that fail to meet their capital requirements. The federal banking agencies have additional enforcement authority with respect to undercapitalized depository institutions. Under the regulations, an

9

institution is deemed to be (a) “well capitalized” if it has total risk-based capital of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more and is not subject to any order or final capital directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (b) “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of well capitalized; (c) “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (d) “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and (e) “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

In certain situations, a federal banking agency may reclassify a well capitalized institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if the institution were in the next lower category.

Well capitalized institutions may generally operate without supervisory restriction. With respect to “adequately capitalized” institutions, such banks cannot normally pay dividends or make any capital contributions that would leave it undercapitalized; they cannot pay a management fee to a controlling person if, after paying the fee, it would be undercapitalized; and they cannot accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the bank has applied for and been granted a waiver by the FDIC. Once an adequately capitalized institution receives such a waiver, it may not pay an effective yield on any such deposit that exceeds by more than 75 basis points the local market rate or the national rate (which is determined and published by the FDIC and defined to be the “simple average of rates paid by all insured depository institutions and branches for which data are available”). As such, a less-than-well-capitalized institution that has received a waiver from the FDIC to accept, renew and rollover brokered deposits generally may not pay an interest rate on such brokered deposits in excess of the national rate plus 75 basis points.

The federal banking agencies are required to take action to restrict the activities of an “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized” insured depository institution. Any such bank must submit a capital restoration plan that is guaranteed by the parent holding company. Until such plan is approved, it may not increase its assets, acquire another institution, establish a branch or engage in any new activities, and generally may not make capital distributions.

Any institution that fails to comply with its capital plan or is “significantly undercapitalized” (i.e., Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios of less than 3% or a risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%) must be made subject to one or more of additional specified actions and operating restrictions mandated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991. These actions and restrictions include requiring the issuance of additional voting securities; limitations on asset growth; mandated asset reduction; changes in senior management; divestiture, merger or acquisition of the association; restrictions on executive compensation; and any other action the appropriate federal banking agency deems appropriate. An institution that becomes “critically undercapitalized” is subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations. In addition, the appropriate banking regulator must appoint a receiver (or conservator with the FDIC’s concurrence) for an institution, with certain limited exceptions, within 90 days after it becomes critically undercapitalized. Any undercapitalized institution is also subject to other possible enforcement actions, including the appointment of a receiver or conservator. The appropriate regulator is also generally authorized to reclassify an institution into a lower capital category and impose restrictions applicable to such category if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

Institutions must file a capital restoration plan with the OCC within 45 days of the date it receives a notice from the OCC that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized.” Compliance with a capital restoration plan must be guaranteed by a parent holding company. In addition, the

10

OCC is permitted to take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including but not limited to the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.

Finally, bank regulatory agencies have the ability to seek to impose higher than normal capital requirements known as individual minimum capital requirement (“IMCR”) for institutions with a high-risk profile.

At December 31, 2011, the Bank satisfied the requirements as “well capitalized”. The imposition of any of the measures described above could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation and on its profitability and operations. The Corporation’s shareholders do not have preemptive rights and, therefore, if the Corporation is directed by the OCC or the FDIC to issue additional shares of common stock, such issuance may result in dilution in shareholders’ percentage of ownership of the Corporation.

Deposit Insurance Premiums

Associated Bank is a member of the DIF and pays an insurance premium to the fund based upon its assessable deposits on a quarterly basis. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a permanent increase in deposit insurance was authorized to $250,000. The coverage limit is per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category.

The Dodd-Frank Act also set a new minimum DIF reserve ratio at 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC is required to attain this ratio by September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC to define the deposit insurance assessment base for an insured depository institution as an amount equal to the institution’s average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus average tangible equity. The assessment rate schedule for larger institutions like the Bank (i.e., institutions with at least $10 billion in assets) differentiates between such large institutions by use of a “scorecard” that combines an institution’s CAMELS ratings with certain forward-looking financial information to measure the risk to the DIF. Pursuant to this “scorecard” method, two scores (a performance score and a loss severity score) will be combined and converted to an initial base assessment rate. The performance score measures an institution’s financial performance and ability to withstand stress. The loss severity score measures the relative magnitude of potential losses to the FDIC in the event of the institution’s failure. Total scores are converted pursuant to a predetermined formula into an initial base assessment rate. Assessment rates range from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points for large institutions. This rule took effect for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011, and was reflected in the June 30, 2011 fund balance and the invoices for assessments due September 30, 2011. Premiums for the Bank are now calculated based upon the average balance of total assets minus average tangible equity as of the close of business for each day during the calendar quarter.

The proposed FDIC rule also provides the FDIC’s board with the flexibility to adopt actual rates that are higher or lower than the total base assessment rates adopted without notice and comment, if certain conditions are met.

In November 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring prepayment of 13 quarters of FDIC premiums. Our required prepayment aggregated $103.4 million in December 2009.

DIF-insured institutions pay a Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessment in order to fund the interest on bonds issued in the 1980s in connection with the failures in the thrift industry. For the fourth quarter of 2011, the FICO assessment is equal to 0.680 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits. These assessments will continue until the bonds mature in 2019.

The FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It is also authorized to terminate a depository bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has

11

violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for our national bank subsidiary would have a material adverse effect on our earnings, operations and financial condition.

FDIC Liquidation Authority under the Dodd-Frank Act

In July 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule on depositor preference which clarifies how the FDIC will treat certain creditors’ claims under the FDIC’s new liquidation authority under the Dodd-Frank Act, whereby the FDIC may be appointed as receiver for a financial company if the failure of such company and its liquidation under the United States Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency proceeding would pose significant risks to U.S. financial stability. Pursuant to the final rule, the FDIC as receiver of a covered financial company may recover from senior executives and directors who were substantially responsible for the failed condition of the covered financial company any compensation they received during the two-year period preceding the date on which the FDIC was appointed as receiver, or for an unlimited period in the case of fraud. In addition, the FDIC as receiver of a covered financial company has the power to avoid fraudulent or preferential transfers in a manner similar to that in the Bankruptcy Code so that transferees will have the same treatment in a liquidation as they would have in a bankruptcy proceeding. The final rule also set forth the priorities for expenses of the receiver of a covered financial company and other unsecured claims against the covered financial company or the receiver.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

The federal banking agencies have adopted the Interagency Guidelines for Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The Guidelines establish certain safety and soundness standards for all depository institutions. The operational and managerial standards in the Guidelines relate to the following: (1) internal controls and information systems; (2) internal audit systems; (3) loan documentation; (4) credit underwriting; (5) interest rate exposure; (6) asset growth; (7) compensation, fees and benefits; (8) asset quality; and (9) earnings. Rather than providing specific rules, the Guidelines set forth basic compliance considerations and guidance with respect to a depository institution. Failure to meet the standards in the Guidelines, however, could result in a request by the OCC to one of the nationally chartered banks to provide a written compliance plan to demonstrate its efforts to come into compliance with such Guidelines. Failure to provide a plan or to implement a provided plan requires the appropriate federal banking agency to issue an order to the institution requiring compliance.

Transactions with Affiliates

Our national bank subsidiary must comply with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act containing certain restrictions on its transactions with affiliates. In general terms, these provisions require that transactions between a banking institution or its subsidiaries and such institution’s affiliates be on terms as favorable to the institution as transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, these provisions contain certain restrictions on loans to affiliates, restricting such loans to a certain percentage of the institution’s capital. A covered “affiliate,” for purposes of these provisions, would include us and any other company that is under our common control.

The Dodd-Frank Act also changed the definition of “covered transaction” in Sections 23A and 23B and the limitations on asset purchases from insiders. With respect to the definition of “covered transaction,” the Dodd-Frank Act defines that term to include the acceptance of debt obligations issued by an affiliate as collateral for a bank’s loan or extension of credit to another person or company. In addition, a “derivative transaction” with an affiliate is now deemed to be a “covered transaction” to the extent that such a transaction causes a bank or its subsidiary to have a credit exposure to the affiliate. A separate provision of the Dodd-Frank Act states that an insured depository institution may not “purchase an asset from, or sell an asset to” a bank insider (or their related interests) unless (1) the transaction is conducted on market terms between the parties, and (2) if the proposed transaction represents more than 10 percent of the capital stock and surplus of the insured institution, it has been approved in advance by a majority of the institution’s non-interested and independent directors.

12

Certain transactions with our directors, officers or controlling persons are also subject to conflicts of interest regulations. Among other things, these regulations require that loans to such persons and their related interests be made on terms substantially the same as for loans to unaffiliated individuals and must not create an abnormal risk of repayment or other unfavorable features for the financial institution. See Note 3, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for additional information on loans to related parties.

Community Reinvestment Act Requirements

Our national bank subsidiary is subject to periodic Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) reviews by our primary federal regulators. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions and does not limit the ability of such institutions to develop products and services believed best-suited for a particular community. An institution’s CRA assessment may be used by its regulators in their evaluation of certain applications, including a merger, acquisition or the establishment of a branch office. An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for denial of such an application.

Associated Bank underwent a CRA examination by the Comptroller of the Currency on November 20, 2006, for which it received a Satisfactory rating.

Privacy

Financial institutions, such as our national bank subsidiary, are required by statute and regulation to disclose their privacy policies. In addition, such financial institutions must appropriately safeguard its customers’ nonpublic, personal information.

Bank Secrecy Act / Anti-Money Laundering

The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), which is intended to require financial institutions to develop policies, procedures and practices to prevent and deter money laundering, mandates that every national bank have a written, board-approved program that is reasonably designed to assure and monitor compliance with the BSA. The program must, at a minimum: (1) provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance; (2) provide for independent testing for compliance; (3) designate an individual responsible for coordinating and monitoring day-to-day compliance; and (4) provide training for appropriate personnel. In addition, national banks are required to adopt a customer identification program as part of its BSA compliance program. National banks are also required to file Suspicious Activity Reports (“SARs”) when they detect certain known or suspected violations of federal law or suspicious transactions related to a money laundering activity or a violation of the BSA.

The Bank has recently agreed to enter into a Consent Order with the OCC regarding its BSA compliance. The Consent Order will require the Bank to create a BSA-focused action plan, supplement existing customer due diligence policies and procedures, perform a BSA risk assessment and complete independent testing. The Bank has not been informed that this action includes the assessment of a civil money penalty. The Bank has been working cooperatively with the OCC to address the OCC’s BSA concerns. The costs related to such orders cannot be determined but their effects are not likely to have a material impact on either the Parent Company or the Bank.

In 2001, Congress enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the United States’ financial system and has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers, and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act mandates that financial service companies implement additional policies and procedures and take heightened measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: customer identification programs, money

13

laundering, terrorist financing, identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions, currency crimes, and cooperation between financial institutions and law enforcement authorities.

Interstate Branching

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, national and state-chartered banks may open an initial branch in a state other than its home state (e.g., a host state) by establishing a de novo branch at any location in such host state at which a bank chartered in such host state could establish a branch. Applications to establish such branches must still be filed with the appropriate primary federal regulator.

Volcker Rule

The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits insured depository institutions and their holding companies from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and prohibits them from owning equity interests in excess of three percent (3%) of a bank’s Tier 1 Capital in private equity and hedge funds (known as the “Volcker Rule”). The Federal Reserve released a final rule on February 9, 2011 (effective on April 1, 2011) which requires a “banking entity,” a term that is defined to include bank holding companies like the Corporation, to bring its proprietary trading activities and investments into compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act restrictions no later than two years after the earlier of: (1) July 21, 2012, or (2) 12 months after the date on which interagency final rules are adopted. Pursuant to the compliance date final rule, banking entities are permitted to request an extension of this timeframe from the Federal Reserve. On October 11, 2011, the federal banking agencies released for comment proposed regulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The public comment period closed on February 13, 2012. The proposal has been criticized and there is no consensus as to what the provisions will ultimately include. The Corporation will be reviewing the implications of the interagency rules on its investments once those rules are issued and will plan for any adjustments of its activities or its holdings in order to be in compliance by the announced compliance date.

Incentive Compensation Policies and Restrictions

In July 2010, the federal banking agencies issued guidance which applies to all banking organizations supervised by the agencies (thereby including both the Corporation and our subsidiary bank). Pursuant to the guidance, to be consistent with safety and soundness principles, a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should: (1) provide employees with incentives that appropriately balance risk and reward; (2) be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and (3) be supported by strong corporate governance including active and effective oversight by the banking organization’s board of directors. Monitoring methods and processes used by a banking organization should be commensurate with the size and complexity of the organization and its use of incentive compensation.

In addition, in March 2011, the federal banking agencies, along with the Federal Housing Finance Agency, and the Securities and Exchange Commission, released a proposed rule intended to ensure that regulated financial institutions design their incentive compensation arrangements to account for risk. Specifically, the proposed rule would require compensation practices at the Parent Company and at the Bank to be consistent with the following principles: (1) compensation arrangements appropriately balance risk and financial reward; (2) such arrangements are compatible with effective controls and risk management; and (3) such arrangements are supported by strong corporate governance. In addition, financial institutions with $1 billion or more in assets would be required to have policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the rule and would be required to submit annual reports to their primary federal regulator. The comment period has closed and a final rule has not yet been published.

Other Banking Regulations

Our banking subsidiary is also subject to a variety of other regulations with respect to the operation of its businesses, including but not limited to the Dodd-Frank Act, Truth in Lending Act, Truth in Savings Act, Equal

14

Credit Opportunity Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Fair Housing Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Expedited Funds Availability (Regulation CC), Reserve Requirements (Regulation D), Insider Transactions (Regulation O), Privacy of Consumer Information (Regulation P), Margin Stock Loans (Regulation U), Right To Financial Privacy Act, Flood Disaster Protection Act, Homeowners Protection Act, Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Telephone Consumer Protection Act, CAN-SPAM Act, Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, and the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act.

The laws and regulations to which we are subject are constantly under review by Congress, the federal regulatory agencies, and the state authorities. These laws and regulations could be changed drastically in the future, which could affect our profitability, our ability to compete effectively, or the composition of the financial services industry in which we compete.

Government Monetary Policies and Economic Controls

Our earnings and growth, as well as the earnings and growth of the banking industry, are affected by the credit policies of monetary authorities, including the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to combat recession and curb inflationary pressures. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits, and changes in the Federal Reserve discount rate. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve authorities have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to have such an effect in the future.

In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in money markets, as well as the effect of credit policies by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the Federal Reserve, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand, or their effect on our business and earnings or on the financial condition of our various customers.

Other Regulatory Authorities

In addition to regulation, supervision and examination by federal banking agencies, the Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, including those that engage in securities brokerage, dealing and investment advisory activities, are subject to other federal and state securities laws and regulations, and to supervision and examination by other regulatory authorities, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Institution Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the NASDAQ Global Select Market and others.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These filings are available to the public on the Internet at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. Shareholders may also read and copy any document that we file at the SEC’s public reference rooms located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Shareholders may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room.

Our principal internet address is www.associatedbank.com. We make available free of charge on or through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. In addition, shareholders may request a copy of any of our filings (excluding exhibits) at no cost by writing,

15

telephoning, faxing, or e-mailing us using the following information: Associated Banc-Corp, Attn: Shareholder Relations, 1200 Hansen Road, Green Bay, WI 54304; phone 920-491-7059; fax 920-491-7144; or e-mail to shareholders@associatedbank.com. Our Code of Ethics for Directors and Executive Officers, Corporate Governance Guidelines, and Board of Directors committee charters are all available on our website, www.associatedbank.com/About Us/Investor Relations/Corporate Governance. We will disclose on our website amendments to or waivers from our Code of Ethics in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. Information contained on any of our websites is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference herein. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. See also, “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Credit Risks

Changes in economic and political conditions could adversely affect our earnings, as our borrowers’ ability to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans decline.    Our success depends, to a certain extent, upon economic and political conditions, local and national, as well as governmental monetary policies. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in interest rates, money supply and other factors beyond our control may adversely affect our asset quality, deposit levels and loan demand and, therefore, our earnings. Because we have a significant amount of real estate loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which could have an adverse impact on our earnings. Consequently, any decline in the economy in our market area could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.    All borrowers carry the potential to default and our remedies to recover (seizure and/or sale of collateral, legal actions, guarantees, etc.) may not fully satisfy money previously lent. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political, and regulatory conditions; and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks using existing qualitative and quantitative information, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans, and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge offs, based on judgments different than those of management. An increase in the allowance for loan losses results in a decrease in net income, and possibly risk-based capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

16

We are subject to lending concentration risks.    As of December 31, 2011, approximately 57% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial and industrial, real estate construction, commercial real estate loans, and lease financing (collectively, “commercial loans”). Commercial loans are generally viewed as having more inherent risk of default than residential mortgage loans or retail loans. Also, the commercial loan balance per borrower is typically larger than that for residential mortgage loans and retail loans, inferring higher potential losses on an individual loan basis. Because our loan portfolio contains a number of commercial loans with balances over $25 million, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in nonaccrual loans. An increase in nonaccrual loans could result in a loss of interest income from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, and an increase in loan charge offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.    A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses which may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Lack of system integrity or credit quality related to funds settlement could result in a financial loss.    We settle funds on behalf of financial institutions, other businesses and consumers and receive funds from clients, card issuers, payment networks and consumers on a daily basis for a variety of transaction types. Transactions facilitated by us include wire transfers, debit card, credit card and electronic bill payment transactions, supporting consumers, financial institutions and other businesses. These payment activities rely upon the technology infrastructure that facilitates the verification of activity with counterparties and the facilitation of the payment. If the continuity of operations or integrity of processing were compromised this could result in a financial loss to us due to a failure in payment facilitation. In addition, we may issue credit to consumers, financial institutions or other businesses as part of the funds settlement. A default on this credit by a counterparty could result in a financial loss to us.

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.    In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports, or other financial information could cause us to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity and Interest Rate Risks

Liquidity is essential to our businesses.    The Corporation requires liquidity to meet its deposit and debt obligations as they come due. Access to liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access the capital markets or unforeseen outflows of deposits. Risk factors that could impair our ability to access capital markets include a downturn in our Midwest markets, difficult credit markets, credit rating downgrades, or regulatory actions against the Corporation. The Corporation’s access to deposits can be impacted by the liquidity needs of our customers as a substantial portion of the Corporation’s liabilities are demand while a substantial portion of the

17

Corporation’s assets are loans that cannot be sold in the same timeframe. Historically, the Corporation has been able to meet its cash flow needs as necessary. If a sufficiently large number of depositors sought to withdraw their deposits for whatever reason, the Corporation may be unable to obtain the necessary funding at terms favorable to the Bank.

We are subject to interest rate risk.    Our earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and investments and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits; (ii) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities; and (iii) the average duration of our mortgage-backed securities portfolio and other interest-earning assets. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. Our most significant interest rate risk may be to further declines in the absolute level of interest rates or the prolonged continuation of the current low rate environment, as this would generally lend to further compression of our net interest margin and reduced net interest income.

Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies, including the limited use of derivatives as hedging instruments, to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on our results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet.

We rely on management fees and dividends from our subsidiaries for most of our revenue.    We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our banking and other subsidiaries. A substantial portion of our revenue comes from management fees and dividends from our subsidiaries. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common and preferred stock, and to pay interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of management fees and dividends that our national bank subsidiary and certain nonbank subsidiaries may pay to us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. In the event our national bank subsidiary is unable to pay management fees and dividends to us, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations, or pay dividends on our common and preferred stock. The inability to receive management fees and dividends from our national bank subsidiary could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The impact of interest rates on our mortgage banking business can have a significant impact on revenues.    Changes in interest rates can impact our mortgage related revenues. A decline in mortgage rates generally increases the demand for mortgage loans as borrowers refinance, but also generally leads to accelerated payoffs. Conversely, in a constant or increasing rate environment, we would expect fewer loans to be refinanced and a decline in payoffs. Although we use models to assess the impact of interest rates on mortgage related revenues, the estimates of revenues produced by these models are dependent on estimates and assumptions of future loan demand, prepayment speeds and other factors which may differ from actual subsequent experience.

Changes in interest rates could also reduce the value of our mortgage servicing rights and earnings.    We have a portfolio of mortgage servicing rights. A mortgage servicing right (“MSR”) is the right to service a mortgage loan (i.e., collect principal, interest, escrow amounts, etc.) for a fee. We acquire MSRs when we originate mortgage loans and keep the servicing rights after we sell or securitize the loans or when we purchase the servicing rights to mortgage loans originated by other lenders. We carry MSRs at the lower of amortized cost

18

or estimated fair value. Fair value is the present value of estimated future net servicing income, calculated based on a number of variables, including assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers.

Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions and, thus, fair value.    When interest rates fall, borrowers are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our residential mortgage-related securities and MSRs can decrease. Each quarter we evaluate our residential mortgage-related securities and MSRs for impairment. If temporary impairment exists, we establish a valuation allowance through a charge to earnings for the amount the carrying amount exceeds fair value. We also evaluate our MSRs for other-than-temporary impairment. If we determine that other-than-temporary impairment exists, we will recognize a direct write-down of the carrying value of the MSRs.

Operational Risks

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, we face significant operational risks.    We operate in many different businesses in diverse markets and rely on the ability of our employees and systems to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to our reputation.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.    We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or customer information, whether through a breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could severely harm our business.    As part of our business, we collect, process and retain sensitive and confidential client and customer information on our behalf and on behalf of other third parties. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information, whether by us or by our vendors, could severely damage our reputation, expose us to the risk of litigation and liability, disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business.

The potential for business interruption exists throughout our organization.    Integral to our performance is the continued efficacy of our technical systems, operational infrastructure, relationships with third parties and the vast array of associates and key executives in our day-to-day and ongoing operations. Failure by any or all of these resources subjects us to risks that may vary in size, scale and scope. This includes, but is not limited to,

19

operational or technical failures, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support as expected, as well as the loss of key individuals or failure on the part of key individuals to perform properly. Although management has established policies and procedures to address such failures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.    Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience material losses.

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

Our internal controls may be ineffective.    Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets, or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.    In assessing whether the impairment of investment securities is other-than-temporary, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability to retain our investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term.

Under current accounting standards, goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. A decline in our stock price or occurrence of a triggering event following any of our quarterly earnings releases and prior to the filing of the periodic report for that period could, under certain circumstances, cause us to perform a goodwill impairment test and result in an impairment charge being recorded for that period which was not reflected in such earnings release. During the fourth quarter of 2011, management determined that an extended decline in our stock price qualified as a triggering event and performed an interim impairment test. During 2011, the annual impairment test in May and the interim impairment test in the fourth quarter indicated that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded the fair value of their assets and liabilities. In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our goodwill may be impaired, a non-cash charge for the amount of such impairment would be recorded to earnings. Such a charge would have no impact on tangible capital. At December 31, 2011, we had goodwill of $929 million, representing approximately 32% of stockholders’ equity, of which $907 million was assigned to the banking segment and $22 million was assigned to the wealth management segment.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Assessing the need for, or the sufficiency of, a

20

valuation allowance requires management to evaluate all available evidence, both negative and positive. Positive evidence necessary to overcome the negative evidence includes whether future taxable income in sufficient amounts and character within the carryback and carryforward periods is available under the tax law, including the use of tax planning strategies. When negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent years, history of operating loss or tax credit carryforwards expiring unused) exists, more positive evidence than negative evidence will be necessary. As a result of the pre-tax losses incurred during 2010 and 2009, the Corporation is in a cumulative pre-tax loss position for financial statement purposes for the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. If the positive evidence is not sufficient to exceed the negative evidence, a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is established. At December 31, 2011, net deferred tax assets are approximately $70 million. The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.    Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain skilled people. Competition for the best people in most activities engaged in by us can be intense, and we may not be able to hire sufficiently skilled people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience, and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

Loss of key employees may disrupt relationships with certain customers.    Our business is primarily relationship-driven in that many of our key employees have extensive customer relationships. Loss of a key employee with such customer relationships may lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a competitor. While we believe our relationship with our key personnel is good, we cannot guarantee that all of our key personnel will remain with our organization. Loss of such key personnel, should they enter into an employment relationship with one of our competitors, could result in the loss of some of our customers.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.    Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

Revenues from our investment management and asset servicing businesses are significant to our earnings.    Generating returns that satisfy clients in a variety of asset classes is important to maintaining existing business and attracting new business. Administering or managing assets in accordance with the terms of governing documents and applicable laws is also important to client satisfaction. Failure in either of the foregoing areas can expose us to liability, and result in a decrease in our revenues and earnings.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other external events could significantly impact our business.    Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

21

Strategic and External Risks

Our earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies.    The policies of the Federal Reserve impact us significantly. The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments we hold. Those policies determine to a significant extent our cost of funds for lending and investing. Changes in those policies are beyond our control and are difficult to predict. Federal Reserve policies can also affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. For example, a tightening of the money supply by the Federal Reserve could reduce the demand for a borrower’s products and services. This could adversely affect the borrower’s earnings and ability to repay its loan, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.    Our business strategy includes significant growth plans. We intend to continue pursuing a profitable growth strategy. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in significant growth stages of development. We cannot assure you that we will be able to expand our market presence in our existing markets or successfully enter new markets or that any such expansion will not adversely affect our results of operations. Failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations and could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Also, if we grow more slowly than anticipated, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.    We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and internet banks within the various markets in which we operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

• the ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards, and safe, sound assets;

• the ability to expand our market position;

• the scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

• the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

• customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

• industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

22

Our profitability depends significantly on economic conditions in the states within which we do business.    Our success depends on the general economic conditions of the specific local markets in which we operate. Local economic conditions have a significant impact on the demand for our products and services, as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans, on the value of the collateral securing loans, and the stability of our deposit funding sources. A significant decline in general local economic conditions, caused by inflation, recession, unemployment, changes in securities markets, changes in housing market prices, or other factors could impact local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The earnings of financial services companies are significantly affected by general business and economic conditions.    Our operations and profitability are impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, and the strength of the United States economy, all of which are beyond our control. A deterioration in economic conditions could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and nonperforming assets, decreases in loan collateral values, and a decrease in demand for our products and services, among other things, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risk.    From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business and/or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business and/or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business.    The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder value.    We regularly evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities and conduct due diligence activities related to possible transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt, or equity securities may occur at any time. We seek merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar, have experienced management, and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale, or expanded services.

23

Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves potential adverse impact to our financial results and various other risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:

• difficulty in estimating the value of the target company;

• payment of a premium over book and market values that may dilute our tangible book value and earnings per share in the short and long term;

• potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company;

• exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company;

• there may be volatility in reported income as goodwill impairment losses could occur irregularly and in varying amounts;

• difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the target company;

• inability to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits;

• potential disruption to our business;

• potential diversion of our management’s time and attention;

• the possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company; and

• potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.    Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Legal, Compliance and Reputational Risks

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.    We, primarily through Associated Bank and certain nonbank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations, and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. This is illustrated by the creation of the CFPB which now has separate examination and supervision authority over the Bank with respect to consumer financial products and services. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, and/or increase the ability of nonbanks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

24

Regulatory oversight has increased. In April 2010, the Corporation entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“Memorandum”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“Reserve Bank”), its primary banking regulator. The Memorandum required management to submit various plans and quarterly progress reports and to obtain approval prior to payment of dividends and interest or principal payments on subordinated debt, increases in borrowings or guarantees of debt, or the repurchase of common stock. While we expect that the Reserve Bank will terminate the Memorandum in March, 2012, there can be no assurance that termination will occur or that any required approvals will be received prior to termination. The Bank has recently agreed to enter into a Consent Order with the OCC regarding its Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) compliance. The Consent Order will require the Bank to create a BSA-focused action plan, supplement existing customer due diligence policies and procedures, perform a BSA risk assessment and complete independent testing. While the Bank has not been informed that this action includes the assessment of a civil money penalty and has been working cooperatively with the OCC to address the OCC’s BSA concerns, we can provide no assurance that a civil money penalty will not be assessed and that the OCC will find the Bank’s BSA compliance efforts satisfactory. An action by any of our or the Bank’s regulators could lead to actions by our or the Bank’s other regulators.

The full impact of the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Act is currently unknown given that many of the details and substance of the new laws will be implemented through agency rulemakings.    On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States and requires federal agencies to adopt nearly 250 new rules and conduct more than 60 studies over the course of the next few years, ensuring that the federal regulations and implementing policies in these areas will continue to develop for the foreseeable future.

Significantly, the Dodd-Frank Act includes the following provisions which affect the Corporation or the Bank:

• It established the CFPB which directly regulates and supervises the Bank for compliance with the CFPB’s regulations and policies. The creation of the CFPB will directly impact the scope and cost of products and services offered to consumers by the Bank and may have a significant effect on its financial performance.

• It revised the FDIC’s insurance assessment methodology so that premiums are assessed based upon the average consolidated total assets of the Bank less tangible equity capital.

• It permanently increased deposit insurance coverage to $250,000; in addition, for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, such accounts will receive unlimited FDIC deposit insurance through January 1, 2013.

• It authorized the Federal Reserve to set debit interchange fees in an amount that is “reasonable and proportional” to the costs incurred by processors and card issuers. Under the final rule issued by the Federal Reserve, there is a cap of 21 cents per transaction (with a maximum of 24 cents per transaction permitted if certain requirements are met). Implementation of these caps went into effect on October 1, 2011. This reduction in interchange revenue is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Bank.

• It imposes proprietary trading restrictions on insured depository institutions and their holding companies that prohibit them from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and prevents them from owning equity interests in excess of three percent (3%) of a bank’s Tier 1 capital in private equity and hedge funds.

• It requires a phased-in exclusion of trust preferred securities as a component of Tier 1 capital for certain bank holding companies.

• Depository institution holding companies must now act as a “source of strength” for their depository institution subsidiaries (previously, this had been limited to regulatory policy).

• With respect to mortgages, the Dodd-Frank Act requires new standards for mortgage loan originators; minimum standards for mortgages, and new disclosure requirements at mortgage loan origination and in monthly statements. These requirements will come directly from the CFPB and will likely have a material adverse effect on our operations and will likely require significant personnel resources.

Based on the text of the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing regulations (both published and yet-to-be-published), it is anticipated that the costs to banks and their holding companies may increase or fee

25

income may decrease significantly which could adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Moreover, compliance obligations will expose us to additional noncompliance risk and could divert management’s focus from the business of banking.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau may reshape the consumer financial laws through rulemaking and enforcement of the prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive business practices, which may directly impact the business operations of depository institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Bank.    The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB has also been directed to write rules identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. The concept of what may be considered to be an “abusive” practice is new under the law. The full scope of the impact of this authority has not yet been determined as the CFPB has not yet released significant supervisory guidance. Moreover, the Bank will be supervised and examined by the CFPB for compliance with the CFPB’s regulations and policies. The costs and limitations related to this additional regulatory reporting regimen have yet to be fully determined, although they may be material and the limitations and restrictions that will be placed upon the Bank with respect to its consumer product offering and services will also likely produce significant, material effects on the Bank’s (and the Corporation’s) profitability. As of the date of this filing, the CFPB has not examined the Bank.

The Bank has not been examined for mortgage-related issues, including mortgage servicing issues and fair lending issues, but such examination is likely imminent.    In the wake of the mortgage crisis of the last few years, federal and state banking regulators are closely examining the mortgage and mortgage servicing activities of depository financial institutions. Although such reviews have now been limited to “larger participants” in the mortgage industry, we believe that our mortgage practices and policies will be examined. Should the OCC or the Federal Reserve have serious concerns with respect to our operations in this regard, the effect of such concerns could have a material adverse effect on our profits.

We are subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities.    We are subject to federal and state income tax regulations. Income tax regulations are often complex and require interpretation. Changes in income tax regulations could negatively impact our results of operations. In the normal course of business, we are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses in which we have engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. These tax positions may relate to tax compliance, sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property and income tax issues, including tax base, apportionment and tax credit planning. The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to fiduciary responsibility.    From time to time, customers make claims and take legal action pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market perception of us and our products and services, as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are a defendant in a variety of litigation and other actions, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.    We are a defendant in a class action lawsuit alleging that we unfairly assess and collect overdraft fees which seeks restitution of the overdraft fees, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, and costs. This case has been consolidated into the overdraft fees Multi District Litigation pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, Miami Division.

26

An agreement in principle has been reached with plaintiffs’ counsel which requires payment by the Bank of $13 million for a full and complete release of all claims brought against the Bank. A settlement agreement will be filed with the court for preliminary approval upon negotiating a final agreement. Although we cannot guarantee that the court will approve the settlement, it is reasonably likely that the settlement will be approved. We may be involved from time to time in a variety of other litigation arising out of our business. Our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation exceed our insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation for any period. In addition, we may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may we be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.

Negative publicity could damage our reputation.    Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending or foreclosure practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. Because we conduct most of our business under the “Associated Bank” brand, negative public opinion about one business could affect our other businesses.

Ethics or conflict of interest issues could damage our reputation.    We have established a Code of Conduct and related policies and procedures to address the ethical conduct of business and to avoid potential conflicts of interest. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based, in part, on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our related controls and procedures or failure to comply with the established Code of Conduct and Related Party Transaction Policies and Procedures could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and/or financial condition.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Our stock price can be volatile.    Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:

• actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations or financial condition;

• recommendations by securities analysts;

• operating results and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

• news reports relating to trends, concerns, and other issues in the financial services industry;

• perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors;

• new technology used or services offered by competitors;

• significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors;

• failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions;

• changes in government regulations; and

• geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

General market fluctuations, industry factors, and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of our operating results.

27

There may be future sales or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.    We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or the issuance of convertible securities would dilute the ownership interest of our existing common shareholders. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of an equity offering, as well as other sales of a large block of shares of our common stock or similar securities in the market after an equity offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. Both we and our regulators perform a variety of analyses of our assets, including the preparation of stress case scenarios, and as a result of those assessments we could determine, or our regulators could require us, to raise additional capital.

In addition, the exercise of the common stock warrants issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “UST”) under TARP, which have been sold by the UST in a public offering, would dilute the ownership interest of our existing shareholders. See also “Liquidity” in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Note 9, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for additional information on the common stock warrants issued to the UST.

We may eliminate dividends on our common stock.    Although we have historically paid a quarterly cash dividend to the holders of our common stock, holders of our common stock are not entitled to receive dividends. Downturns in the domestic and global economies could cause our board of directors to consider, among other things, the elimination of dividends paid on our common stock. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is subject to the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends, and we are required to consult with the Federal Reserve before declaring or paying any dividends. Dividends also may be limited as a result of safety and soundness considerations.

Common stock is equity and is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness and preferred stock and effectively subordinated to all the indebtedness and other non-common equity claims against our subsidiaries.    Shares of the common stock are equity interests in us and do not constitute indebtedness. As such, shares of the common stock will rank junior to all of our indebtedness and to other non-equity claims against us and our assets available to satisfy claims against us, including our liquidation. Additionally, holders of our common stock are subject to prior dividend and liquidation rights of holders of our outstanding preferred stock. Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional classes or series of preferred stock without any action on the part of the holders of our common stock, and we are permitted to incur additional debt. Upon liquidation, lenders and holders of our debt securities and preferred stock would receive distributions of our available assets prior to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon any of our subsidiaries’ liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including holders of any preferred stock of that subsidiary.

Our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated bylaws, and certain banking laws may have an anti-takeover effect.    Provisions of our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated bylaws, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. The combination of these provisions may prohibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.    Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund, or by any other public or private entity. An investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.

An entity holding as little as a 5% interest in our outstanding common stock could, under certain circumstances, be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company.”    An entity (including a “group” composed of natural persons) owning or controlling with the power to vote 25% or more of our outstanding

28

common stock, or 5% or more if such holder otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over us, may be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company” in accordance with the BHC Act. In addition, (1) any bank holding company or foreign bank with a U.S. presence may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act to acquire or retain 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, and (2) any person not otherwise defined as a company by the BHC Act and its implementing regulations may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the Change in Bank Control Act to acquire or retain 10% or more of our outstanding common stock. Becoming a bank holding company imposes certain statutory and regulatory restrictions and obligations, such as providing managerial and financial strength for its bank subsidiaries. Regulation as a bank holding company could require the holder to divest all or a portion of the holder’s investment in our common stock or such nonbanking investments that may be deemed impermissible or incompatible with bank holding company status, such as a material investment in a company unrelated to banking.

ITEM  1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

Our headquarters are located in the Village of Ashwaubenon, Wisconsin, in a leased facility with approximately 30,000 square feet of office space. The current lease term expires on August 31, 2012, and there is one one-year extension remaining. The Corporation’s largest owned properties are two operation centers with approximately 81,000 and 101,000 square feet, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, our bank subsidiary occupied more than 250 banking offices serving more than 150 different communities within Illinois, Minnesota, and Wisconsin. The main office of Associated Bank, National Association, in Green Bay, Wisconsin, is owned. Most bank subsidiary branch offices are freestanding buildings that provide adequate customer parking, including drive-through facilities of various numbers and types for customer convenience and are mostly owned. Some bank branch offices are in office towers, supermarket locations or in retirement communities; such properties are generally leased. In addition, we own other real property that, when considered in aggregate, is not material to our financial position.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The following is a description of the Corporation’s material pending legal proceedings.

A lawsuit, Harris v. Associated Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin in April 2010. The suit alleges that the Bank unfairly assesses and collects overdraft fees and seeks restitution of the overdraft fees, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, and costs. The lawsuit asserts claims for a multi-year period (as limited by the applicable state’s statute of limitations, generally 6 years) and is styled as a putative class action lawsuit on behalf of consumer banking customers of the Bank with the certification of the class pending. In April 2010, a Multi District Judicial Panel issued a conditional transfer order to consolidate this case into the Multi District Litigation (“MDL”), In re: Checking Account Overdraft Litigation MDL No. 2036 pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, Miami Division for coordinated pre-trial proceedings. The Bank is a member, along with many other banking institutions, of the Fourth Tranche of defendants in this case. An agreement in principle has been reached with plaintiffs’ counsel which requires payment by the Bank of $13 million for a full and complete release of all claims brought against the Bank. A settlement agreement will be filed with the court for preliminary approval upon negotiating a final agreement. Although we cannot guarantee that the court will approve the settlement, it is reasonably likely that the settlement will be approved. By entering into such an agreement, we have not admitted any liability with respect to the lawsuit. The settlement is a result of our evaluation of the cost of fully litigating the matter and the time and expense of resources needed to administer the litigation.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

29

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Information in response to this item is incorporated by reference to the discussion of dividend restrictions in Note 9, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this report. The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol ASBC.

The number of shareholders of record of common stock, $.01 par value, as of January 27, 2012, was approximately 10,300. Certain of the Corporation’s shares are held in “nominee” or “street” name and the number of beneficial owners of such shares is approximately 21,200.

Payment of future dividends is within the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend, among other factors, on earnings, capital requirements, and the operating and financial condition of the Corporation. The Board of Directors makes the dividend determination on a quarterly basis. The amount of the annual dividend was $0.04 per share for both 2011 and 2010.

Following are the Corporation’s monthly common stock purchases during the fourth quarter of 2011, which are solely in connection with surrenders for tax withholding related to the vesting of restricted stock awards. The effect to the Corporation of these repurchases was an increase in treasury stock and a decrease in cash of approximately $24,000 in the fourth quarter of 2011. For a detailed discussion of the common stock repurchases during 2011 and 2010, see section “Capital” included under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this document and Part II, Item 8, Note 9, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this document.

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares  Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans		Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan
October 1 — October 31, 2011		—	$	—		—		—
November 1 — November 30, 2011		1,563		11.39		—		—
December 1 — December 31, 2011		586		10.31		—		—
Total		2,149	$	11.09		—		—

Market Information

The following represents selected market information of the Corporation’s common stock for 2011 and 2010.

					Market Price Range Closing Sales Prices
	Dividends Paid		Book Value		High		Low		Close
2011
4th Quarter	$	0.01	$	16.15	$	11.78	$	9.15	$	11.17
3rd Quarter		0.01		16.07		14.17		8.95		9.30
2nd Quarter		0.01		15.81		15.02		13.06		13.90
1st Quarter		0.01		15.46		15.36		13.83		14.85
2010
4th Quarter	$	0.01	$	15.28	$	15.49	$	12.57	$	15.15
3rd Quarter		0.01		15.53		13.90		11.96		13.19
2nd Quarter		0.01		15.46		16.10		12.26		12.26
1st Quarter		0.01		15.44		14.54		11.48		13.76

30

Stock Price Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph (and the underlying data points) comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return (change in year-end stock price plus reinvested dividends) on Associated’s common stock with the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Bank Index and the S&P 500 Index for the period of five fiscal years commencing on January 1, 2007, and ending December 31, 2011. The Nasdaq Bank Index is prepared for Nasdaq by the Center for Research in Securities Prices at the University of Chicago. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in Common Stock for each index was $100 on December 31, 2006. Historical stock price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of the future price performance.

5 Year Trend

Source:Bloomberg	2006		2007		2008		2009		2010		2011
Associated Banc-Corp		100.0		81.2		66.5		36.5		50.3		37.2
S&P 500		100.0		105.5		66.9		84.3		96.8		98.8
Nasdaq Bank Index		100.0		80.4		63.3		52.9		60.4		54.0

The Stock Price Performance Graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Annual Statement on Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act or under the Exchange Act, except to the extent Associated specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such Acts.

31

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

TABLE 1: EARNINGS SUMMARY AND SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(In thousands, except per share data)

Years Ended December 31,	2011			% Change 2010 to 2011			2010			2009			2008			2007			5-Year Compound Growth Rate(7)
Interest income	$	741,622			(8.0	)%	$	806,126		$	981,256		$	1,126,709		$	1,275,712			(10.3	)%
Interest expense		128,791			(25.3	)		172,347			255,251			430,561			631,899			(26.7	)
Net interest income		612,831			(3.3	)		633,779			726,005			696,148			643,813			(1.8	)
Provision for loan losses		52,000			(86.7	)		390,010			750,645			202,058			34,509			22.2
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses		560,831			130.1			243,769			(24,640	)		494,090			609,304			(2.9	)
Noninterest income		282,469			(18.2	)		345,523			350,961			285,650			344,781			(0.9	)
Noninterest expense		659,873			4.7			630,320			611,420			557,460			534,891			5.9
Income (loss) before income taxes		183,427			N/M			(41,028	)		(285,099	)		222,280			419,194			(16.4	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		43,728			N/M			(40,172	)		(153,240	)		53,828			133,442			(20.0	)
Net income (loss)		139,699			N/M			(856	)		(131,859	)		168,452			285,752			(15.1	)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		24,830			(15.9	)		29,531			29,348			3,250			—			N/M
Net income (loss) available to common equity	$	114,869			N/M		$	(30,387	)	$	(161,207	)	$	165,202		$	285,752			(18.4	)
Taxable equivalent adjustment	$	21,374			(9.6	)%	$	23,635		$	24,820		$	27,711		$	27,259			(4.0	)%
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic(1)	$	0.66			N/M		$	(0.18	)	$	(1.26	)	$	1.29		$	2.24			(22.8	)
Diluted(1)		0.66			N/M			(0.18	)		(1.26	)		1.29			2.22			(22.6	)
Cash dividends per share(1)		0.04			—			0.04			0.47			1.27			1.22			(48.8	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:(1):
Basic		173,370			1.2			171,230			127,858			127,501			127,408			5.6
Diluted		173,372			1.3			171,230			127,858			127,775			128,374			5.4
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Year-End Balances:
Loans	$	14,031,071			11.2	%	$	12,616,735		$	14,128,625		$	16,283,908		$	15,516,252			(1.2	)%
Allowance for loan losses		378,151			(20.7	)		476,813			573,533			265,378			200,570			13.2
Investment securities, available for sale		4,937,483			(19.1	)		6,101,341			5,835,533			5,143,414			3,358,617			8.7
Total assets		21,924,217			0.6			21,785,596			22,874,142			24,192,067			21,592,083			1.0
Deposits		15,090,655			(0.9	)		15,225,393			16,728,613			15,154,796			13,973,913			1.1
Short and long-term funding		3,691,556			16.8			3,160,987			3,180,851			5,565,583			5,091,558			(2.1	)
Stockholders’ equity		2,865,794			(9.3	)		3,158,791			2,738,608			2,876,503			2,329,705			5.0
Book value per common share(1)		16.16			5.8			15.28			17.42			18.54			18.32			(1.5	)
Tangible book value per common share(1)		10.69			9.4			9.77			9.93			10.99			10.69			0.7
Average Balances:
Loans	$	13,278,848			0.7	%	$	13,186,712		$	15,595,636		$	16,080,565		$	15,132,634			(2.9	)%
Investment securities		5,497,297			1.1			5,439,729			5,502,786			3,522,847			3,297,101			8.9
Total assets		21,588,620			(4.6	)		22,625,065			23,609,471			22,037,963			20,638,005			0.4
Earning assets		19,442,263			(5.5	)		20,568,495			21,337,382			19,839,706			18,644,770			0.2
Deposits		14,401,127			(15.0	)		16,946,301			15,959,046			13,812,072			13,741,803			1.1
Interest-bearing liabilities		15,120,824			(7.3	)		16,304,220			17,659,282			17,019,832			15,886,710			(1.7	)
Stockholders’ equity		2,997,290			(5.9	)		3,183,572			2,902,911			2,423,332			2,253,878			5.6
Financial Ratios:(2)
Return on average equity		4.66	%		469			(0.03	)%		(4.54	)%		6.95	%		12.68	%
Return on average assets		0.65			65			—			(0.56	)		0.76			1.38
Efficiency ratio(3)		73.61			757			66.04			57.24			53.90			54.56
Efficiency ratio, fully taxable equivalent(3)		71.68			736			64.32			55.73			52.41			53.92
Net interest margin		3.26			6			3.20			3.52			3.65			3.60
Stockholders’ equity to total assets		13.07			(143	)		14.50			11.97			11.89			10.79
Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets(4)		9.14			(145	)		10.59			8.12			8.23			6.59
Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets(5)		12.24			(2	)		12.26			7.85			7.90			7.88
Average equity to average assets		13.88			(19	)		14.07			12.30			11.00			10.92
Dividend payout ratio(6)		6.06			N/M			N/M			N/M			98.45			54.46

32

(1) Share and per share data adjusted retroactively for stock splits and stock dividends.

(2) Change in basis points.

(3) See Table 1A for a reconciliation of this Non-GAAP measure.

(4) Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets is stockholders’ equity excluding goodwill and other intangible assets divided by assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets.

(5) Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets is Tier 1 capital excluding qualifying perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities divided by risk-weighted assets.

(6) Ratio is based upon basic earnings per common share.

(7) Base year used in 5-year compound growth rate is 2006 consolidated financial data.

N/M = Not meaningful.

TABLE 1A: RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURE

Years Ended December 31,	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Efficiency ratio(a)		73.61			66.04			57.24			53.90			54.56
Taxable equivalent adjustment		(1.71	)		(1.59	)		(1.30	)		(1.41	)		(1.48	)
Asset sale gains /losses, net		(0.22	)		(0.13	)		(0.21	)		(0.08	)		0.84
Efficiency ratio, fully taxable equivalent(b)		71.68			64.32			55.73			52.41			53.92

(a) Efficiency ratio is defined by the Federal Reserve guidance as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding investment securities gains / losses, net.

(b) Efficiency ratio, fully taxable equivalent, is noninterest expense divided by the sum of taxable equivalent net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding investment securities gains / losses, net and asset sale gains / losses, net. This efficiency ratio is presented on a taxable equivalent basis, which adjusts net interest income for the tax-favored status of certain loans and investment securities. Management believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it enhances the comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources and it excludes certain specific revenue items (such as investment securities gains / losses, net and asset sale gains / losses, net).

33

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion is management’s analysis to assist in the understanding and evaluation of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation. It should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes and the selected financial data presented elsewhere in this report.

The detailed financial discussion that follows focuses on 2011 results compared to 2010. Discussion of 2010 results compared to 2009 is predominantly in section “2010 Compared to 2009.”

Overview

The Corporation is a bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin, providing a diversified range of banking and nonbanking financial services to individuals and businesses primarily in its three-state footprint (Wisconsin, Illinois and Minnesota). The Corporation, principally through the Bank, provides a wide range of services, including business and consumer loan and depository services, as well as other traditional banking services. Through its nonbanking subsidiaries, the Corporation’s wealth business provides a variety of products and services to supplement the banking business including insurance, brokerage, and trust/asset management.

The Corporation’s primary sources of revenue, through the Bank, are net interest income (predominantly from loans and deposits, and also from investment securities and other funding sources), and noninterest income, particularly fees and other revenue from financial services provided to customers or ancillary services tied to loans and deposits. Business volumes and pricing drive revenue potential, and tend to be influenced by overall economic factors, including market interest rates, business spending, consumer confidence, economic growth, and competitive conditions within the marketplace.

2011 was a year of transition for the Corporation. The Corporation continued to execute on its strategic initiatives to strengthen core businesses and position for the future. Credit metrics continued to improve. The balance sheet was re-positioned by growing the loan portfolio in a balanced manner (with a focus on long-term risk appetite and loan portfolio diversification), and funding the loan growth with run-off from the investment securities portfolio. The Corporation’s credit ratings improved to investment grade, which provided the Corporation with access to alternative funding and a corresponding reduction in its cash position as well as a reduction in network and brokered deposits. The Corporation’s capital remains strong. In addition, the Corporation repurchased all of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program through the issuance of $430 million of senior notes and $65 million of 8% Series B perpetual preferred stock. The Memorandum of Understanding between the Bank and the OCC was terminated in September 2011.

Performance Summary

• Net income available to common equity for 2011 was $115 million (compared to net loss available to common equity of $30 million for 2010) or diluted earnings per common share of $0.66 (versus a diluted loss per common share of $0.18 for 2010). Net interest income was $613 million representing a margin of 3.26% (compared to $634 million and a margin of 3.20% for 2010), and the provision for loan losses was $52 million with net charge offs to average loans of 1.13% (compared to a provision of $390 million and a net charge off ratio of 3.69% for 2010).

• Total loans increased $1.4 billion (11%) between year-end 2011 and 2010, with growth in most loan categories (commercial and business lending was up $710 million, commercial real estate lending was up $255 million, and residential mortgage loans were up $605 million, while retail loans decreased $156 million). On average, loans increased $92 million (1%) primarily in residential mortgage loans (up $761 million), while commercial loans and retail loans declined $516 million and $153 million, respectively. For 2012, the Corporation expects continued loan growth of approximately 3% quarterly, though the first quarter may be moderated due to seasonal factors.

34

• Total deposits declined $135 million (1%) between year-end 2011 and 2010, consistent with the Corporation’s strategy for reducing its utilization of network transaction deposits and brokered deposits. Network transaction deposits and brokered certificates of deposit decreased (down 24% and 54%, respectively), while interest-bearing demand deposits and noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased (up 23% and 7%, respectively). On average, total deposits decreased $2.5 billion (15%) from 2010, primarily in interest-bearing demand deposits and money market deposits, as the strategy to reduce network transaction deposits and brokered deposits was implemented primarily during the fourth quarter of 2010. For 2012, the Corporation will continue to focus on growing core customer deposits.

• Credit metrics continued to improve during 2011. Nonaccrual loans were $357 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $217 million (38%) from December 31, 2010. Potential problem loans declined to $566 million, a decrease of $398 million (41%) from December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 2.70%, covering 106% of nonaccrual loans, compared to 3.78% at December 31, 2010, covering 83% of nonaccrual loans. The provision for loan losses was $52 million for 2011, with net charge offs to average loans of 1.13% (compared to a provision for loan losses of $390 million and a net charge off ratio of 3.69% for 2010). For 2012, the Corporation expects continuing improvement in credit trends with a fairly low expected provision for loan losses.

• Taxable equivalent net interest income was $634 million for 2011, $23 million or 4% lower than 2010, including unfavorable rate variances (decreasing taxable equivalent net interest income by $40 million), partially offset by favorable volume variances (increasing taxable equivalent net interest income by $17 million). The net interest margin for 2011 was 3.26%, 6 bp higher than 3.20% in 2010, attributable to a 10 bp increase in interest rate spread and a 4 bp lower contribution from net free funds. For 2012, the Corporation is optimistic that it will be able to maintain a stable net interest margin, though it will continue to be pressured by the low interest rate environment.

• The net interest margin for 2011 was 3.26%, 6 bp higher than 3.20% in 2010. The improvement in net interest margin was attributable to a 10 bp increase in interest rate spread (the net of an 11 bp decrease in the yield on earning assets and a 21 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities) and a 4 bp lower contribution from net free funds (primarily attributable to lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities reducing the value of noninterest-bearing deposits and other net free funds).

• Noninterest income was $282 million for 2011, $63 million or 18% lower than 2010. Core fee-based revenues (including trust service fees, service charges on deposit accounts, card-based and other nondeposit fees, and retail commission income) totaled $236 million for 2011, down $19 million or 8% from $255 million for 2010 (primarily due to changes in customer behavior and recent regulatory changes). Net mortgage banking income was $13 million for 2011, a decrease of $20 million from 2010, primarily attributable to lower gains on sales of mortgage loans related to the lower secondary mortgage production experienced during 2011. Asset and investment securities losses, net combined were $4 million for 2011, compared to combined asset and investment securities gains of $23 million for 2010 (predominantly from gains on sales of mortgage-related securities). Collectively, all remaining noninterest income categories were $38 million, up $4 million compared to 2010. For additional discussion concerning noninterest income see section, “Noninterest Income.” For 2012, the Corporation expects modest improvement in fee income.

• Noninterest expense of $660 million grew $30 million (5%) over 2010. Personnel expense was $358 million, up $35 million (11%) versus 2010, reflecting the Corporation’s investment in personnel. On average, full time equivalent employees increased 4% between 2011 and 2010 (from 4,809 for 2010 to 4,985 for 2011). While nonpersonnel noninterest expenses on an aggregate basis were down modestly (2%) compared to 2010, FDIC insurance expense decreased $18 million and occupancy expense increased $6 million. The efficiency ratio (as defined under Part II, Item 6, “Selected Financial Data”) was 71.68% for 2011 and 64.32% for 2010. For additional discussion regarding noninterest expense see section, “Noninterest Expense.” For 2012, the Corporation expects modest noninterest expense growth as it continues to invest in the franchise.

35

• Income tax expense for 2011 was $44 million, compared to an income tax benefit of $40 million for 2010. The change in income tax was primarily due to the level of pretax income (loss) between the years. The effective tax rate was 23.84% for 2011, compared to an effective tax benefit of 97.91% for 2010. For additional discussion concerning income tax see section, “Income Taxes.” For 2012, the Corporation expects the effective tax rate will increase in conjunction with the anticipated earnings growth.

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income in the consolidated statements of income (loss) (which excludes the taxable equivalent adjustment) was $613 million in 2011 compared to $634 million in 2010. The taxable equivalent adjustments (the adjustments to bring tax-exempt interest to a level that would yield the same after-tax income had that income been subject to a taxation using a 35% tax rate) of $21 million and $23 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively, resulted in fully taxable equivalent net interest income of $634 million in 2011 and $657 million in 2010.

Net interest income is the primary source of the Corporation’s revenue. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest expense on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings used to fund interest-earning and other assets or activities. Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the amount and composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the sensitivity of the balance sheet to changes in interest rates, including characteristics such as the fixed or variable nature of the financial instruments, contractual maturities, repricing frequencies, loan prepayment behavior, and the use of interest rate derivative financial instruments.

Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities that fund those assets. The net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources of funds (“net free funds”), principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and stockholders’ equity, also support earning assets. To compare tax-exempt asset yields to taxable yields, the yield on tax-exempt loans and investment securities is computed on a taxable equivalent basis. Net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin are discussed on a taxable equivalent basis.

Table 2 provides average balances of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the associated interest income and expense, and the corresponding interest rates earned and paid, as well as net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin on a taxable equivalent basis for the three years ended December 31, 2011. Tables 3 through 5 present additional information to facilitate the review and discussion of taxable equivalent net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin.

Taxable equivalent net interest income of $634 million for 2011 was $23 million or 4% lower than 2010. The decrease in taxable equivalent net interest income was a function of favorable volume variances (as balance sheet changes in both volume and mix increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $17 million) and unfavorable interest rate changes (as the impact of changes in the interest rate environment and product pricing decreased taxable equivalent net interest income by $40 million). The change in mix and volume of earning assets decreased taxable equivalent interest income by $3 million, while the change in volume and composition of interest-bearing liabilities decreased interest expense by $20 million, for a net favorable volume impact of $17 million on taxable equivalent net interest income. Rate changes on earning assets reduced interest income by $64 million, while changes in rates on interest-bearing liabilities lowered interest expense by $24 million, for a net unfavorable rate impact of $40 million. See additional discussion in section “Interest Rate Risk.”

36

The Federal Reserve left the Federal funds rate unchanged at 0.25% during 2011 and 2010. During 2011, the Federal Reserve disclosed that short-term interest rates would hold near zero through at least the middle of 2013, in anticipation of low growth and little risk of inflation. In January 2012, the Federal Reserve further announced that it is unlikely that the short-term interest rates will increase until at least 2014.

For 2011, the yield on average earning assets of 3.92% was 11 bp lower than 2010. The yield on securities and short-term investments was down 8 bp to 2.87%, impacted by the low interest rate environment and prepayment speeds of mortgage-related investment securities purchased at a premium. Loan yields decreased 23 bp (to 4.41%), due to the repricing of adjustable rate loans and competitive pricing pressures in a low interest rate environment.

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities of 0.85% in 2011 was 21 bp lower than 2010. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.60% in 2011, 17 bp lower than 2010, reflecting the low rate environment and a targeted reduction of higher cost deposit products. The cost of short and long-term funding decreased 116 bp to 1.54% for 2011, with short-term funding down 70 bp, while long-term funding increased 30 bp.

Average earning assets of $19.4 billion in 2011 were $1.1 billion (5%) lower than 2010. Average securities and short-term investments decreased $1.2 billion, reflecting the Corporation’s strategy of funding loan growth primarily through investment securities run-off. Average loans increased $92 million (1%), including a $761 million increase in residential mortgage loans, partially offset by a $516 million decrease in commercial loans and a $153 million decrease in retail loans.

Average interest-bearing liabilities of $15.1 billion in 2011 were down $1.2 billion (7%) versus 2010. On average, interest-bearing deposits decreased $2.8 billion (consistent with the Corporation’s strategy to reduce noncustomer network and brokered deposits), while average noninterest-bearing demand deposits (a principal component of net free funds) increased by $286 million. Average short and long-term funding increased $1.6 billion, the net of a $2.0 billion increase in short-term funding and a $358 million decrease in long-term funding.

The net interest margin for 2011 was 3.26%, compared to 3.20% in 2010. The 6 bp improvement in net interest margin was attributable to a 10 bp increase in interest rate spread (the net of a 11 bp decrease in the yield on earning assets and a 21 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities), and a 4 bp lower contribution from net free funds (due principally to lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities reducing the value of noninterest-bearing deposits and other net free funds).

37

TABLE 2: Average Balances and Interest Rates (interest and rates on a taxable equivalent basis)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011								2010								2009
	Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate			Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate			Average Balance			Interest		Average Rate
	($ in Thousands)
ASSETS
Earning assets:
Loans:(1)(2)(3)
Commercial	$	7,274,728		$	315,151		4.33	%	$	7,790,554		$	339,595		4.36	%	$	9,673,513		$	435,054		4.50	%
Residential mortgage		2,819,702			116,207		4.12			2,059,156			99,163		4.82			2,369,719			125,475		5.29
Retail		3,184,418			154,793		4.86			3,337,002			173,015		5.18			3,552,404			195,078		5.49
Total loans		13,278,848			586,151		4.41			13,186,712			611,773		4.64			15,595,636			755,607		4.84
Investment securities:
Taxable		4,701,482			123,371		2.62			4,579,182			155,032		3.39			4,658,123			189,157		4.06
Tax-exempt(1)		795,815			47,899		6.02			860,547			54,264		6.31			844,663			57,277		6.78
Short-term investments		666,118			5,575		0.84			1,942,054			8,692		0.45			238,960			4,035		1.69
Securities and short-term investments		6,163,415			176,845		2.87			7,381,783			217,988		2.95			5,741,746			250,469		4.36
Total earning assets	$	19,442,263		$	762,996		3.92	%	$	20,568,495		$	829,761		4.03	%	$	21,337,382		$	1,006,076		4.72	%
Allowance for loan losses		(442,034	)							(582,881	)							(380,224	)
Cash and due from banks		318,650								331,775								492,794
Other assets		2,269,741								2,307,676								2,159,519
Total assets	$	21,588,620							$	22,625,065							$	23,609,471
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings deposits	$	987,198		$	1,091		0.11	%	$	898,019		$	1,176		0.13	%	$	880,544		$	1,379		0.16	%
Interest-bearing demand deposits		1,947,506			3,429		0.18			2,780,525			6,314		0.23			2,154,745			4,794		0.22
Money market deposits		5,147,437			16,385		0.32			6,374,071			33,417		0.52			5,390,782			42,978		0.80
Time deposits, excluding Brokered CDs		2,647,632			41,257		1.56			3,251,667			60,280		1.85			3,880,878			102,490		2.64
Total interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered CDs		10,729,773			62,162		0.58			13,304,282			101,187		0.76			12,306,949			151,641		1.23
Brokered CDs		290,226			3,586		1.24			547,328			4,836		0.88			767,424			9,233		1.20
Total interest-bearing deposits		11,019,999			65,748		0.60			13,851,610			106,023		0.77			13,074,373			160,874		1.23
Federal funds purchased		132,799			106		0.08			330,997			6,530		1.97			992,494			8,226		0.83
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,793,675			6,090		0.34			239,144			666		0.28			301,929			611		0.20
Other short-term funding		767,230			6,215		0.81			117,216			787		0.67			1,421,338			7,362		0.52
Total short-term funding		2,693,704			12,411		0.46			687,357			7,983		1.16			2,715,761			16,199		0.60
Long-term funding		1,407,121			50,632		3.60			1,765,253			58,341		3.30			1,869,148			78,178		4.18
Short and long-term funding		4,100,825			63,043		1.54			2,452,610			66,324		2.70			4,584,909			94,377		2.06
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	15,120,824		$	128,791		0.85	%	$	16,304,220		$	172,347		1.06	%	$	17,659,282		$	255,251		1.45	%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		3,381,128								3,094,691								2,884,673
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		89,378								42,582								162,605
Stockholders’ equity		2,997,290								3,183,572								2,902,911
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	21,588,620							$	22,625,065							$	23,609,471
Net interest income and rate spread(1)				$	634,205		3.07	%				$	657,414		2.97	%				$	750,825		3.27	%
Net interest margin(1)							3.26	%							3.20	%							3.52	%
Taxable equivalent adjustment				$	21,374							$	23,635							$	24,820

(1) The yield on tax-exempt loans and securities is computed on a taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% for all periods presented and is net of the effects of certain disallowed interest deductions.

(2) Nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale have been included in the average balances.

(3) Interest income includes net loan fees.

38

TABLE 3: Rate/Volume Analysis(1)

	2011 Compared to 2010 Increase (Decrease) Due to									2010 Compared to 2009 Increase (Decrease) Due to
	Volume			Rate			Net			Volume			Rate			Net
	($ in Thousands)
Interest income:
Loans:(2)
Commercial	$	(22,358	)	$	(2,086	)	$	(24,444	)	$	(82,435	)	$	(13,024	)	$	(95,459	)
Residential mortgage		32,827			(15,783	)		17,044			(15,564	)		(10,748	)		(26,312	)
Retail		(7,702	)		(10,520	)		(18,222	)		(11,484	)		(10,579	)		(22,063	)
Total loans		2,767			(28,389	)		(25,622	)		(109,483	)		(34,351	)		(143,834	)
Investment securities:
Taxable		6,159			(37,820	)		(31,661	)		(3,855	)		(30,270	)		(34,125	)
Tax-exempt(2)		(3,966	)		(2,399	)		(6,365	)		1,061			(4,074	)		(3,013	)
Short-term investments		(7,849	)		4,732			(3,117	)		9,598			(4,941	)		4,657
Securities and short-term investments		(5,656	)		(35,487	)		(41,143	)		6,804			(39,285	)		(32,481	)
Total earning assets(2)	$	(2,889	)	$	(63,876	)	$	(66,765	)	$	(102,679	)	$	(73,636	)	$	(176,315	)
Interest expense:
Savings deposits	$	110		$	(195	)	$	(85	)	$	26		$	(229	)	$	(203	)
Interest-bearing demand deposits		(1,649	)		(1,236	)		(2,885	)		1,419			101			1,520
Money market deposits		(5,600	)		(11,432	)		(17,032	)		6,907			(16,468	)		(9,561	)
Time deposits, excluding Brokered CDs		(10,237	)		(8,786	)		(19,023	)		(14,872	)		(27,338	)		(42,210	)
Total interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered CDs		(17,376	)		(21,649	)		(39,025	)		(6,520	)		(43,934	)		(50,454	)
Brokered CDs		(2,762	)		1,512			(1,250	)		(2,283	)		(2,114	)		(4,397	)
Total interest-bearing deposits		(20,138	)		(20,137	)		(40,275	)		(8,803	)		(46,048	)		(54,851	)
Federal funds purchased		2,158			(8,582	)		(6,424	)		(6,468	)		4,772			(1,696	)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		5,247			177			5,424			(144	)		199			55
Other short-term funding		5,233			195			5,428			(8,266	)		1,691			(6,575	)
Total short-term funding		12,638			(8,210	)		4,428			(14,878	)		6,662			(8,216	)
Long-term funding		(12,567	)		4,858			(7,709	)		(4,154	)		(15,683	)		(19,837	)
Short and long-term funding		71			(3,352	)		(3,281	)		(19,032	)		(9,021	)		(28,053	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	(20,067	)	$	(23,489	)	$	(43,556	)	$	(27,835	)	$	(55,069	)	$	(82,904	)
Net interest income(2)	$	17,178		$	(40,387	)	$	(23,209	)	$	(74,844	)	$	(18,567	)	$	(93,411	)

(1) The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated in proportion to the relationship to the dollar amounts of the change in each.

(2) The yield on tax-exempt loans and securities is computed on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% for all periods presented and is net of the effects of certain disallowed interest deductions.

39

TABLE 4: Interest Rate Spread and Interest Margin (on a taxable equivalent basis)

	2011 Average								2010 Average								2009 Average
	Balance		% of Earning Assets			Yield / Rate			Balance		% of Earning Assets			Yield / Rate			Balance		% of Earning Assets			Yield / Rate
	($ in Thousands)
Total loans	$	13,278,848		68.3	%		4.41	%	$	13,186,712		64.1	%		4.64	%	$	15,595,636		73.1	%		4.84	%
Securities and short-term investments		6,163,415		31.7	%		2.87	%		7,381,783		35.9	%		2.95	%		5,741,746		26.9	%		4.36	%
Earning assets	$	19,442,263		100.0	%		3.92	%	$	20,568,495		100.0	%		4.03	%	$	21,337,382		100.0	%		4.72	%
Financed by:
Interest-bearing funds	$	15,120,824		77.8	%		0.85	%	$	16,304,220		79.3	%		1.06	%	$	17,659,282		82.8	%		1.45	%
Noninterest-bearing funds		4,321,439		22.2	%					4,264,275		20.7	%					3,678,100		17.2	%
Total funds sources	$	19,442,263		100.0	%		0.66	%	$	20,568,495		100.0	%		0.84	%	$	21,337,382		100.0	%		1.20	%
Interest rate spread							3.07	%							2.97	%							3.27	%
Contribution from net free funds							0.19	%							0.23	%							0.25	%
Net interest margin							3.26	%							3.20	%							3.52	%
Average prime rate*							3.25	%							3.25	%							3.25	%
Average federal funds rate*							0.11	%							0.18	%							0.17	%
Average spread							314	bp							307	bp							308	bp

* Source: Bloomberg

40

TABLE 5: Selected Average Balances

	2011		2010		Dollar Change			Percent Change
	($ in Thousands)
ASSETS
Loans:
Commercial	$	7,274,728	$	7,790,554	$	(515,826	)		(6.6	)%
Residential mortgage		2,819,702		2,059,156		760,546			36.9
Retail		3,184,418		3,337,002		(152,584	)		(4.6	)
Total loans		13,278,848		13,186,712		92,136			0.7
Investment securities:
Taxable		4,701,482		4,579,182		122,300			2.7
Tax-exempt		795,815		860,547		(64,732	)		(7.5	)
Short-term investments		666,118		1,942,054		(1,275,936	)		(65.7	)
Securities and short-term investments		6,163,415		7,381,783		(1,218,368	)		(16.5	)
Total earning assets		19,442,263		20,568,495		(1,126,232	)		(5.5	)
Other assets		2,146,357		2,056,570		89,787			4.4
Total assets	$	21,588,620	$	22,625,065	$	(1,036,445	)		(4.6	)%
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits:
Savings deposits	$	987,198	$	898,019	$	89,179			9.9	%
Interest-bearing demand deposits		1,947,506		2,780,525		(833,019	)		(30.0	)
Money market deposits		5,147,437		6,374,071		(1,226,634	)		(19.2	)
Time deposits, excluding Brokered CDs		2,647,632		3,251,667		(604,035	)		(18.6	)
Total interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered CDs		10,729,773		13,304,282		(2,574,509	)		(19.4	)
Brokered CDs		290,226		547,328		(257,102	)		(47.0	)
Total interest-bearing deposits		11,019,999		13,851,610		(2,831,611	)		(20.4	)
Short-term funding:
Fed funds purchased		132,799		330,997		(198,198	)		(59.9	)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,793,675		239,144		1,554,531			650.0
Other short-term funding		767,230		117,216		650,014			554.5
Total short-term funding		2,693,704		687,357		2,006,347			291.9
Long-term funding		1,407,121		1,765,253		(358,132	)		(20.3	)
Total interest-bearing liabilities		15,120,824		16,304,220		(1,183,396	)		(7.3	)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		3,381,128		3,094,691		286,437			9.3
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		89,378		42,582		46,796			109.9
Stockholders’ equity		2,997,290		3,183,572		(186,282	)		(5.9	)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	21,588,620	$	22,625,065	$	(1,036,445	)		(4.6	)%

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses in 2011 was $52 million, compared to $390 million 2010. Net charge offs were $151 million (representing 1.13% of average loans) for 2011, compared to $487 million (representing 3.69% of average loans) for 2010. At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses was $378 million. In comparison, the allowance for loan losses was $477 million at December 31, 2010. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans was 2.70% and 3.78% at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011, were $357 million, compared to $574 million at December 31, 2010, representing 2.54% and 4.55% of total loans, respectively.

41

The provision for loan losses is predominantly a function of the Corporation’s reserving methodology and judgments as to other qualitative and quantitative factors used to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses which focuses on changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, changes in levels of impaired and other nonaccrual loans, historical losses and delinquencies on each portfolio category, the level of loans sold or transferred to held for sale, the risk inherent in specific loans, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other factors which could affect potential credit losses. See additional discussion under sections, “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonaccrual Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned.”

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income was $282 million for 2011, down $63 million or 18% from 2010. Core fee-based revenue (as defined in Table 6 below) was $236 million for 2011, down $19 million or 8% versus 2010. Net mortgage banking income was $13 million compared to $33 million for 2010. Net losses on investment securities and asset sales combined were $4 million for 2011, an unfavorable change of $27 million versus 2010. All other noninterest income categories combined were $38 million, up $4 million compared to 2010. “Fee income” (defined in Table 6 below) as a percentage of “total revenue” (defined as taxable equivalent net interest income plus fee income) was 31% for 2011 compared to 33% for 2010.

TABLE 6: Noninterest Income

	Years Ended December 31,									Change From Prior Year
	2011			2010			2009			$ Change 2011			% Change 2011			$ Change 2010			% Change 2010
	($ in Thousands)
Trust service fees	$	39,145		$	37,853		$	36,009		$	1,292			3.4	%	$	1,844			5.1	%
Service charges on deposit accounts		75,908			96,740			116,918			(20,832	)		(21.5	)		(20,178	)		(17.3	)
Card-based and other nondeposit fees		57,905			59,299			55,077			(1,394	)		(2.4	)		4,222			7.7
Retail commission income		62,784			61,256			60,678			1,528			2.5			578			1.0
Core fee-based revenue		235,742			255,148			268,682			(19,406	)		(7.6	)		(13,534	)		(5.0	)
Mortgage banking income		45,956			59,145			67,277			(13,189	)		(22.3	)		(8,132	)		(12.1	)
Mortgage servicing rights expense		33,233			26,009			26,395			7,224			27.8			(386	)		(1.5	)
Mortgage banking, net		12,723			33,136			40,882			(20,413	)		(61.6	)		(7,746	)		(18.9	)
Capital market fees, net		8,711			6,072			5,536			2,639			43.5			536			9.7
Bank owned life insurance income		14,896			15,761			16,032			(865	)		(5.5	)		(271	)		(1.7	)
Other		14,358			12,493			15,126			1,865			14.9			(2,633	)		(17.4	)
Subtotal (“fee income”)		286,430			322,610			346,258			(36,180	)		(11.2	)		(23,648	)		(6.8	)
Asset sale losses, net		(2,849	)		(2,004	)		(4,071	)		(845	)		42.2			2,067			(50.8	)
Investment securities gains (losses), net		(1,112	)		24,917			8,774			(26,029	)		N/M			16,143			N/M
Total noninterest income	$	282,469		$	345,523		$	350,961		$	(63,054	)		(18.2	)%	$	(5,438	)		(1.5	)%

N/M=not meaningful

Trust service fees for 2011 were $39 million, up $1 million (3%) from 2010, primarily due to asset management fees on higher account balances as stock market performance improved in 2011. The market value of average assets under management for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $5.7 billion and $5.4 billion, respectively. The market value of assets under management at December 31, 2011, was $5.6 billion compared to $5.7 billion at December 31, 2010.

42

Service charges on deposit accounts were $76 million, $21 million (22%) lower than 2010. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower nonsufficient funds / overdraft fees (down $20 million to $38 million), due to changes in customer behavior, recent regulatory changes, and changes in deposit account products.

Card-based and other nondeposit fees were $58 million for 2011, a decrease of $1 million (2%) from 2010. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 included a provision, the “Durbin Amendment,” which governs the amount banks can charge as interchange fees. The Durbin Amendment negatively impacted the amount the bank charged in interchange fees during the fourth quarter of 2011 by approximately $4 million. Retail commission income (which includes the commissions from insurance and brokerage product sales) was $63 million for 2011, up $2 million (2%) compared to 2010, including higher insurance and variable annuity commissions (up $3 million) partially offset by lower fixed annuity commissions (down $1 million).

Net mortgage banking income for 2011 was $13 million, down $20 million compared to 2010. Net mortgage banking income consists of gross mortgage banking income less mortgage servicing rights expense. Gross mortgage banking income (which includes servicing fees and the gain or loss on sales of mortgage loans to the secondary market, related fees, and fair value marks on the mortgage derivatives (collectively “gains on sales and related income”)) was $46 million in 2011, a decrease of $13 million (22%) compared to 2010. This decrease between 2011 and 2010 was primarily attributable to lower volume of loans sold to the secondary market, resulting in lower gains on sales and related income (down $11 million). Secondary mortgage production was $1.9 billion for 2011, compared to $2.3 billion for 2010.

Mortgage servicing rights expense includes both the amortization of the mortgage servicing rights asset and changes to the valuation allowance associated with the mortgage servicing rights asset. Mortgage servicing rights expense is affected by the size of the servicing portfolio, as well as the changes in the estimated fair value of the mortgage servicing rights asset. Mortgage servicing rights expense was $33 million for 2011 compared to $26 million for 2010, with a $4 million increase to the valuation reserve (comprised of a $7 million addition to the valuation reserve in 2011, compared to a $3 million addition to the valuation reserve during 2010) and $3 million higher base amortization. As mortgage interest rates fall, prepayment speeds are usually faster and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally decreases, requiring additional valuation reserve. Conversely, as mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. Mortgage servicing rights, net of any valuation allowance, are carried in other intangible assets, net, on the consolidated balance sheets at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value. At December 31, 2011, the net mortgage servicing rights asset was $48 million, representing 66 bp of the $7.3 billion portfolio of residential mortgage loans serviced for others, compared to a net mortgage servicing rights asset of $64 million, representing 86 bp of the $7.5 billion mortgage portfolio serviced for others at December 31, 2010. Mortgage servicing rights are considered a critical accounting policy given that estimating their fair value involves a discounted cash flow model and assumptions that involve judgment, particularly of estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgages serviced and the overall level of interest rates. See section “Critical Accounting Policies,” as well as Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the Corporation’s accounting policy for mortgage servicing rights and Note 4, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure.

Capital market fees, net (which include fee income from foreign currency and interest rate risk related services provided to our customers) were $9 million, an increase of $3 million (43%) compared to 2010, due to a $2 million increase in interest rate risk related fees, combined with a $1 million increase in foreign currency related fees. BOLI income was $15 million, down $1 million (5%) from 2010, primarily due to the lower interest rates on the underlying assets of the BOLI investment. Other income was $14 million, an increase of $2 million (15%) versus 2010.

43

Net asset sale losses were $3 million for 2011 (primarily due to losses on sales of other assets and other real estate owned), compared to net asset sale losses of $2 million for 2010 (primarily due to losses on sales of other real estate owned, partially offset by gains on the sale of educational loans to the U.S. Department of Education). Net investment securities losses of $1 million for 2011 were primarily attributable to credit-related-other-than-temporary write-downs on various equity securities and a trust preferred debt security. Net investment securities gains of $25 million for 2010 were attributable to gains of $29 million on the sale of residential mortgage-related, federal agency, and municipal securities, partially offset by $4 million of credit-related other-than-temporary write-downs (including a $3 million write-down on trust preferred debt securities and a $1 million write-down on various equity securities). For additional data see section, “Investment Securities Portfolio,” and Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 2, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for 2011 was $660 million, an increase of $30 million or 5% over 2010. Personnel expense increased $35 million, FDIC expense decreased $18 million, and collectively all other noninterest expenses were up $13 million compared to 2010.

TABLE 7: Noninterest Expense

	Years Ended December 31,									Change From Prior Year
	2011			2010			2009			$ Change 2011			% Change 2011			$ Change 2010			% Change 2010
	($ in Thousands)
Personnel expense	$	358,295		$	323,249		$	304,390		$	35,046			10.8	%	$	18,859			6.2	%
Occupancy		55,939			49,937			49,341			6,002			12.0			596			1.2
Equipment		19,873			18,371			18,385			1,502			8.2			(14	)		(0.1	)
Data processing		32,475			29,714			30,893			2,761			9.3			(1,179	)		(3.8	)
Business development and advertising		23,038			18,385			18,033			4,653			25.3			352			2.0
Other intangible asset amortization		4,714			4,919			5,543			(205	)		(4.2	)		(624	)		(11.3	)
Loan expense		12,008			9,965			10,186			2,043			20.5			(221	)		(2.2	)
Legal and professional fees		18,205			20,439			19,562			(2,234	)		(10.9	)		877			4.5
Losses other than loans		17,921			14,793			16,954			3,128			21.1			(2,161	)		(12.7	)
Foreclosure / OREO expense		30,743			33,844			38,129			(3,101	)		(9.2	)		(4,285	)		(11.2	)
FDIC expense		28,484			46,377			41,934			(17,893	)		(38.6	)		4,443			10.6
Stationery and supplies		5,972			5,575			6,128			397			7.1			(553	)		(9.0	)
Courier		4,532			4,275			4,691			257			6.0			(416	)		(8.9	)
Postage		5,334			5,887			7,122			(553	)		(9.4	)		(1,235	)		(17.3	)
Other		42,340			44,590			40,129			(2,250	)		(5.0	)		4,461			11.1
Total noninterest expense	$	659,873		$	630,320		$	611,420		$	29,553			4.7	%	$	18,900			3.1	%
Personnel expense to Total noninterest expense		54.3	%		51.3	%		49.8	%

Personnel expense (which includes salary-related expenses and fringe benefit expenses) was $358 million for 2011, up $35 million (11%) from 2010. Average full-time equivalent employees were 4,985 for 2011, up 4% from 4,809 for 2010. Salary-related expenses increased $30 million (12%). This increase was primarily the result of higher compensation and commissions (up $25 million or 10%, including increases in full-time equivalent employees, merit increases between the years and higher compensation related to the vesting of stock options and restricted stock grants), combined with higher performance-based incentives (up $3 million or 20%). Fringe benefit expenses increased $5 million (8%), primarily attributable to higher benefit plan expenses related to the increased compensation expense.

44

Nonpersonnel noninterest expenses on a combined basis were $302 million, down $5 million (2%) compared to $307 million for 2010. FDIC expense decreased $18 million (39%) due to the decline in the assessable deposit base as well as a change in the FDIC expense calculation (from a deposit based calculation to a net asset / risk-based assessment effective April 1, 2011). Occupancy expense increased $6 million (12%), equipment expense increased $2 million (8%), and data processing increased $3 million (9%), primarily attributable to strategic investments in our branch network, systems and infrastructure. Business development and advertising was up $5 million (25%) due to targeted marketing campaigns.

Income Taxes

The Corporation recognized income tax expense of $44 million for 2011 compared to an income tax benefit of $40 million for 2010. The change in income tax was primarily due to the level of pretax income (loss) between the years. The effective tax rate was 23.84% for 2011, compared to an effective tax benefit of 97.91% for 2010. During 2011, the Corporation recorded a $5 million net decrease in the reserve for uncertain tax positions related to the expiration of tax statutes of limitations and a $6 million net decrease in valuation allowance related to changes in tax law. During 2010, the Corporation recorded a $5 million net decrease in the reserve for uncertain tax positions related to the settlement of a tax issue and the expiration of various statutes of limitations. Income tax expense is also impacted by ongoing federal and state income tax audits and changes in tax law.

See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the Corporation’s income tax accounting policy and section “Critical Accounting Policies.” Income tax expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss) involves the interpretation and application of certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes, and is, therefore, considered a critical accounting policy. The Corporation undergoes examination by various taxing authorities. Such taxing authorities may require that changes in the amount of tax expense or valuation allowance be recognized when their interpretations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations. See Note 12, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for more information.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The Corporation’s balance sheet growth historically was driven by loan growth. See section “Loans.” The Corporation has historically financed its asset growth through increased deposits and issuance of debt (see sections, “Deposits,” “Other Funding Sources,” and “Liquidity”), as well as retention of earnings and the issuance of common and preferred stock, particularly in the case of certain acquisitions (see section “Capital”). However, since 2009, the Corporation’s balance sheet has shrunk and recent loan growth has primarily been funded from cash flows from the investment securities portfolio.

Loans

Total loans were $14.0 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $1.4 billion or 11% from December 31, 2010. Commercial loans were $8.0 billion, up $1.0 billion (14%) to represent 57% of total loans at the end of 2011, compared to 55% at year-end 2010. Retail loans were $3.1 billion, down $156 million (5%) and represented 22% of total loans compared to 26% at December 31, 2010, while residential mortgage loans increased $605 million (26%) to represent 21% of total loans at December 31, 2011 and 19% at December 31, 2010.

45

TABLE 8: Loan Composition

	As of December 31,
	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
	($ in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial	$	3,724,736		27	%	$	3,049,752		24	%	$	3,450,632		24	%	$	4,388,691		27	%	$	4,281,091		28	%
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		1,086,829		8			1,049,798		9			1,198,075		9			1,239,139		7			1,293,217		8
Lease financing		58,194		—			60,254		—			95,851		1			122,113		1			108,794		1
Commercial and business lending		4,869,759		35			4,159,804		33			4,744,558		34			5,749,943		35			5,683,102		37
Commercial real estate — investor		2,563,767		18			2,339,415		18			2,618,991		18			2,327,412		15			2,342,148		15
Real estate construction		584,046		4			553,069		4			1,397,493		10			2,260,888		13			2,260,766		14
Commercial real estate lending		3,147,813		22			2,892,484		22			4,016,484		28			4,588,300		28			4,602,914		29
Total commercial		8,017,572		57			7,052,288		55			8,761,042		62			10,338,243		63			10,286,016		66
Home equity		2,504,704		18			2,523,057		20			2,546,167		18			2,883,317		18			2,269,122		15
Installment		557,782		4			695,383		6			873,568		6			827,303		5			841,136		5
Total retail		3,062,486		22			3,218,440		26			3,419,735		24			3,710,620		23			3,110,258		20
Residential mortgage		2,951,013		21			2,346,007		19			1,947,848		14			2,235,045		14			2,119,978		14
Total consumer		6,013,499		43			5,564,447		45			5,367,583		38			5,945,665		37			5,230,236		34
Total loans	$	14,031,071		100	%	$	12,616,735		100	%	$	14,128,625		100	%	$	16,283,908		100	%	$	15,516,252		100	%
Farmland	$	26,221		1	%	$	$36,741		2	%	$	$47,514		2	%	$	$57,242		3	%	$	$59,590		3	%
Multi-family		694,056		27			485,977		21			543,936		21			496,059		21			534,679		23
Non-owner occupied		1,843,490		72			1,816,697		77			2,027,541		77			1,774,111		76			1,747,879		74
Commercial real estate — investor	$	2,563,767		100	%	$	2,339,415		100	%	$	2,618,991		100	%	$	2,327,412		100	%	$	2,342,148		100	%
1-4 family construction	$	120,170		21	%	$	$96,296		17	%	$	$251,307		18	%	$	$423,137		19	%	$	$486,383		22	%
All other construction		463,876		79			456,773		83			1,146,186		82			1,837,751		81			1,774,383		78
Real estate construction	$	584,046		100	%	$	553,069		100	%	$	1,397,493		100	%	$	2,260,888		100	%	$	2,260,766		100	%

During 2010, the Corporation undertook a comprehensive risk appetite and portfolio shaping analysis aimed at ensuring diversification within the loan portfolio. Long-term guidelines were set relative to the proportion of Retail, Commercial and Industrial, and Commercial Real Estate loans within the overall loan portfolio. Furthermore, certain sub-asset classes within the respective portfolios were further defined and dollar limitations were placed on these sub-portfolios. These guidelines and limits have subsequently been, and will continue to be, reviewed quarterly and approved annually by the Enterprise Risk Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. These guidelines and limits are designed to create balance and diversification within the loan portfolios.

The commercial and business lending portfolio, which consists of commercial and business loans and owner occupied commercial real estate loans, was $4.9 billion at the end of 2011, up $710 million (17%) since year-end 2010, and comprised 35% of total loans outstanding at year-end 2011 compared to 33% at year-end 2010. The commercial and business lending classification primarily includes commercial loans to middle market companies and small businesses. Loans of this type are in a diverse range of industries. The credit risk related to commercial loans is largely influenced by general economic conditions and the resulting impact on a borrower’s operations or on the value of underlying collateral, if any. Within the commercial and business lending category, commercial and industrial loans were $3.7 billion, an increase of $675 million (22%) from December 31, 2010, and represented 27% of total loans, compared to 24% for the prior year-end. Commercial real estate owner occupied totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011, up $37 million (4%) from December 31, 2010, and comprised 8% of total

46

loans, compared to 9% from year-end 2010. During the second half of 2010, the Corporation formed the Specialized Financial Services Group to capitalize on opportunities in several targeted industry segments within its existing portfolios (e.g., insurance, mortgage warehouse, public funds, healthcare, financial institutions) and to expand into several new industry segments (power, oil and gas). The Specialized Financial Services Group grew $296 million in the new industry segments during 2011.

The commercial real estate lending portfolio, which consists of investor commercial real estate and construction loans, totaled $3.1 billion at December 31, 2011, up $255 million (9%) from December 31, 2010, and comprised 22% of total loans, unchanged from year-end 2010. Commercial real estate lending to investors totaled $2.6 billion at December 31, 2011, up $224 million (10%) from December 31, 2010, and comprised 18% of total loans, unchanged from year-end 2010. Commercial real estate primarily includes commercial-based loans to investors that are secured by commercial income properties or multifamily projects. Commercial real estate loans are typically intermediate to long-term financings. Loans of this type are mainly secured by. Credit risk is managed in a similar manner to commercial and industrial loans and real estate construction by employing sound underwriting guidelines, lending primarily to borrowers in local markets and businesses, periodically evaluating the underlying collateral, and formally reviewing the borrower’s financial soundness and relationship on an ongoing basis. Real estate construction loans were up $31 million (6%) to $584 million, representing 4% of the total loan portfolio at the end of both 2011 and 2010. Loans in this classification are primarily short-term or interim loans that provide financing for the acquisition or development of commercial income properties, multifamily projects or residential development, both single family and condominium. Real estate construction loans are made to developers and project managers who are generally well known to the Corporation, and have prior successful project experience. The credit risk associated with real estate construction loans is generally confined to specific geographic areas but is also influenced by general economic conditions. The Corporation controls the credit risk on these types of loans by making loans in familiar markets to developers, underwriting the loans to meet the requirements of institutional investors in the secondary market, reviewing the merits of individual projects, controlling loan structure, and monitoring project progress and construction advances.

The Corporation’s current lending standards for commercial real estate and real estate construction lending are determined by property type and specifically address many criteria, including: maximum loan amounts, maximum LTV, requirements for pre-leasing and / or presales, minimum borrower equity, and maximum loan to cost. Currently, the maximum standard for LTV is 80%, with lower limits established for certain higher risk types, such as raw land which has a 50% LTV maximum. The Corporation’s LTV guidelines are in compliance with regulatory supervisory limits. In most cases, for real estate construction loans, the loan amounts include interest reserves, which are built into the loans and sized to fund loan payments through construction and lease up and / or sell out.

Retail loans totaled $3.1 billion at December 31, 2011, down $156 million (5%) compared to 2010, and represented 22% of the 2011 year-end loan portfolio versus 26% at year-end 2010. Loans in this classification include home equity and installment loans. Home equity consists of home equity lines, as well as home equity loans, some of which are first lien positions (first lien positions represented 44% of the total home equity portfolio at December 31, 2011, compared to 38% at December 31, 2010), while installment loans consist of educational loans, as well as short-term and other personal installment loans. The Corporation had $448 million and $496 million of education loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, the majority of which are government guaranteed. During 2011, the Corporation sold approximately $40 million of installment loans from its consumer finance subsidiary. Credit risk for these types of loans is generally influenced by general economic conditions, the characteristics of individual borrowers, and the nature of the loan collateral. Risks of loss are generally on smaller average balances per loan spread over many borrowers. Once charged off, there is usually less opportunity for recovery on these smaller retail loans. Credit risk is primarily controlled by reviewing the creditworthiness of the borrowers, monitoring payment histories, and taking appropriate collateral and guaranty positions.

47

Residential mortgage loans totaled $3.0 billion at the end of 2011, up $605 million (26%) from the prior year and comprised 21% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 19% at December 31, 2010. Residential mortgage loans include conventional first lien home mortgages and the Corporation generally limits the maximum loan to 80% of collateral value without credit enhancement (e.g. PMI insurance). As part of management’s historical practice of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans, nearly all of the Corporation’s fixed-rate residential real estate mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market with servicing rights retained.

During the second half of 2010, the Corporation made a decision to change its practice and began retaining 15-year, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgages in its loan portfolio. As a result, approximately $500 million of 15-year, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgage loans were retained by the Corporation in 2010. The Corporation retained an additional $317 million of 15-year, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgages and $183 million of 15-year fixed—rate first lien position home equity loans during 2011. In December 2011, the Corporation sold approximately $94 million of 15-year, fixed-rate residential real estate mortgage loans for a $3 million gain.

The Corporation’s underwriting and risk-based pricing guidelines for consumer-related real estate loans consist of a combination of both borrower FICO (credit score) and the loan-to-value (“LTV”) of the property securing the loan. Currently, for home equity products, the maximum acceptable LTV is 85% for customers with FICO scores exceeding 710, and 75% LTV for all other customers. The average FICO score for new home equity production in 2011 was 783, unchanged from 2010. Residential mortgage products continue to be underwritten using FHLMC and FNMA secondary marketing guidelines.

Factors that are important to managing overall credit quality are sound loan underwriting and administration, systematic monitoring of existing loans and commitments, effective loan review on an ongoing basis, early identification of potential problems, an appropriate allowance for loan losses, and sound nonaccrual and charge off policies.

An active credit risk management process is used for commercial loans to further ensure that sound and consistent credit decisions are made. Credit risk is controlled by detailed underwriting procedures, comprehensive loan administration, and periodic review of borrowers’ outstanding loans and commitments. Borrower relationships are formally reviewed and graded on an ongoing basis for early identification of potential problems. Further analyses by customer, industry, and geographic location are performed to monitor trends, financial performance, and concentrations.

The loan portfolio is widely diversified by types of borrowers, industry groups, and market areas within our core footprint. Significant loan concentrations are considered to exist for a financial institution when there are amounts loaned to numerous borrowers engaged in similar activities that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. At December 31, 2011, no significant concentrations existed in the Corporation’s portfolio in excess of 10% of total loans.

48

TABLE 9: Commercial Loan Maturity Distribution and Interest Rate Sensitivity

December 31, 2011	Maturity(1)
	Within 1 Year(2)			1-5 Years			After 5 Years			Total
	($ in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial	$	2,871,817		$	668,004		$	184,915		$	3,724,736
Commercial real estate — investor		1,333,622			1,122,287			107,858			2,563,767
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		510,816			490,965			85,048			1,086,829
Real estate construction		429,117			125,422			29,507			584,046
Total	$	5,145,372		$	2,406,678		$	407,328		$	7,959,378
Fixed rate	$	1,490,698		$	1,429,699		$	264,702		$	3,185,099
Floating or adjustable rate		3,654,674			976,979			142,626			4,774,279
Total	$	5,145,372		$	2,406,678		$	407,328		$	7,959,378
Percent by maturity distribution		65	%		30	%		5	%		100	%

(1) Based upon scheduled principal repayments.

(2) Demand loans, past due loans, and overdrafts are reported in the “Within 1 Year” category.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Credit risks within the loan portfolio are inherently different for each loan type. Credit risk is controlled and monitored through the use of lending standards, a thorough review of potential borrowers, and on-going review of loan payment performance. Active asset quality administration, including early problem loan identification and timely resolution of problems, aids in the management of credit risk and minimization of loan losses. Credit risk management for each loan type is discussed briefly in the section entitled “Loans.”

The level of the allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of an amount appropriate to provide for probable credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. To assess the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, an allocation methodology is applied by the Corporation which focuses on evaluation of many factors, including but not limited to: evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical loan loss and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonaccrual loans, the level of potential problem loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Assessing these factors involves significant judgment. Therefore, management considers the allowance for loan losses a critical accounting policy – see section “Critical Accounting Policies” and further discussion in this section. See also management’s allowance for loan losses accounting policy in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 3, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional allowance for loan losses disclosures. Table 8 provides information on loan growth and composition, Tables 10 and 11 provide additional information regarding activity in the allowance for loan losses, and Table 12 provides additional information regarding nonperforming assets.

At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses was $378 million, compared to $477 million at December 31, 2010. The allowance for loan losses to total loans was 2.70% and 3.78% at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively, and the allowance for loan losses covered 106% and 83% of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively. Management’s allowance methodology includes an impairment analysis on specifically identified loans defined as impaired by the Corporation, as well as other qualitative and quantitative factors (including, but not limited to, historical trends, risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, and existing economic conditions) in determining the overall appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Changes in the allowance for loan losses are shown in

49

Table 10. Credit losses, net of recoveries, are deducted from the allowance for loan losses. Finally, the provision for loan losses, which is a charge against earnings, is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate to provide for probable credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Based on management’s assessment of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses given the changes in credit quality metrics, a provision for loan losses of $52 million was recognized for 2011, compared to a provision for loan losses of $390 million for 2010.

The general economy remained weak with only modest improvement during 2011, as stabilizing real estate values, and improved (but continued high) levels of unemployment, were countered by concerns over European Sovereign Debt defaults, and high levels of government debt. Commercial real estate values (based on the Moody’s//REAL Commercial Property Price Index) have stabilized but remain weak, as evidenced by an approximate 2% increase in nationwide average commercial real estate values during 2011, compared with a 30% decline in values in the prior two years. During 2011, vacancy rates for multi-family properties improved (nationally by 20%) benefiting from the pent-up demand from the weakness of recent years. However, other types of commercial investment properties continue to experience weakness due to the stagnant economy.

Residential real estate markets have also remained weak across the Midwest as average property values (based on FHFA Conventional and Conforming Home Price Index) in our footprint states have declined approximately 3-6% on average during 2011, which is comparable to the average decline in the past 2 years. Finally, as a sign of improvement in the Midwestern economy, unemployment rates have generally declined as the Midwest unemployment rate was 7.9% for December 2011, compared with 8.7% for December 2010. In a challenging real estate market, such as currently exists as described above, the value of the collateral securing the loans continues to be one of the most important factors in determining the appropriate amount of allowance for estimated loan losses to record at the balance sheet date.

Credit quality, as a result of the modestly improved economy, also continued to improve during 2011. Nonaccrual loans declined to $357 million (representing 2.54% of total loans), down 38% from December 31, 2010, due to organic portfolio improvements, including a lower level of loans moving into the nonaccrual and potential problem loan categories. Loans past due 30-89 days totaled $44 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of 63% from December 31, 2010, while potential problem loans declined to $566 million, a reduction of 41% from year-end 2010.

Gross charge offs were $190 million for 2011 and $528 million for 2010, while recoveries for the corresponding periods were $39 million and $41 million, respectively. As a result, net charge offs were $151 million or 1.13% of average loans for 2011, compared to $487 million or 3.69% of average loans for 2010 (see Table 10). The 2011 decrease in net charge offs of $336 million was comprised of a $335 million decrease in commercial net charge offs, and a $1 million decrease in retail and residential mortgage net charge offs. For 2011, 54% of net charge offs came from commercial loans (commercial loans represented 57% of total loans at year-end 2011), compared to 86% for 2010. The continued elevated levels of retail home equity and residential mortgage net charge offs was primarily due to the uncertain economic conditions and a weak housing market. For 2011, retail loans (which represent 22% of total loans at year-end 2011) accounted for 36% of net charge offs, up from 11% for 2010. Residential mortgages (representing 21% of total loans at year-end 2011) accounted for 10% of 2011 net charge offs, compared to 3% for 2010. Gross charge offs of retail and residential mortgage loans began moderating in 2010 and 2011, as economic conditions improved slightly, however, a high degree of uncertainty continues to exist as unemployment remains elevated, and high energy prices, rising health care costs, and a weak housing market continue to impact consumer borrowing behavior and ability to pay back debt. Loans charged off are subject to continuous review, and specific efforts are taken to achieve maximum recovery of principal, accrued interest, and related expenses.

50

TABLE 10: Loan Loss Experience

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
	($ in Thousands)
Allowance for loan losses, at beginning of year	$	476,813				$	573,533				$	265,378				$	200,570				$	203,481
Balance related to acquisitions		—					—					—					—					2,991
Provision for loan losses		52,000					390,010					750,645					202,058					34,509
Loans charged off:
Commercial and industrial		38,662					121,179					161,260					45,207					21,574
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		9,485					20,871					7,889					4,943					4,078
Lease financing		173					11,081					1,575					599					150
Commercial and business lending		48,320					153,131					170,724					50,749					25,802
Commercial real estate — investor		29,479					96,530					49,399					7,989					349
Real estate construction		38,222					204,728					157,752					55,782					2,559
Commercial real estate lending		67,701					301,258					207,151					63,771					2,908
Total commercial		116,021					454,389					377,875					114,520					28,710
Home equity		42,623					51,132					49,674					20,011					9,732
Installment		16,134					9,787					10,364					7,546					6,501
Total retail		58,757					60,919					60,038					27,557					16,233
Residential mortgage		14,954					13,184					14,293					3,749					2,306
Total loans charged off (1)(2)		189,732					528,492					452,206					145,826					47,249
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
Commercial and industrial		16,350					20,609					5,583					6,000					3,595
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		2,509					308					537					313					761
Lease financing		1,955					25					5					29					26
Commercial and business lending		20,814					20,942					6,125					6,342					4,382
Commercial real estate — investor		5,666					10,141					512					78					43
Real estate construction		7,521					6,040					555					73					252
Commercial real estate lending		13,187					16,181					1,067					151					295
Total commercial		34,001					37,123					7,192					6,493					4,677
Home equity		3,201					2,733					884					384					386
Installment		1,584					1,669					1,525					1,386					1,530
Total retail		4,785					4,402					2,409					1,770					1,916
Residential mortgage		284					237					115					313					245
Total recoveries		39,070					41,762					9,716					8,576					6,838
Total net charge offs (1)(2)		150,662					486,730					442,490					137,250					40,411
Allowance for loan losses, at end of year	$	378,151				$	476,813				$	573,533				$	265,378				$	200,570
Ratios at end of year:
Allowance for loan losses to total loans		2.70	%				3.78	%				4.06	%				1.63	%				1.29	%
Allowance for loan losses to net charge offs		2.5	x				1.0	x				1.3	x				1.9	x				5.0	x
Net loan charge offs (recoveries):				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)
Commercial and industrial	$	22,312		70		$	100,570		330		$	155,677		401		$	39,207		90		$	17,979		46
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		6,976		67			20,563		183			7,352		58			4,630		37			3,317		24
Lease financing		(1,782	)	N/M			11,056		N/M			1,570		144			570		47			124		14
Commercial and business lending		27,506		64			132,189		310			164,599		312			44,407		78			21,420		40
Commercial real estate — investor		23,813		98			86,389		346			48,887		197			7,911		34			306		1
Real estate construction		30,701		N/M			198,688		N/M			157,197		N/M			55,709		238			2,307		11
Commercial real estate lending		54,514		183			285,077		N/M			206,084		468			63,620		136			2,613		6
Total commercial		82,020		113			417,266		536			370,683		383			108,027		104			24,033		25
Home equity		39,422		153			48,399		195			48,790		181			19,627		74			9,346		43
Installment		14,550		237			8,118		95			8,839		103			6,160		74			4,971		57
Total retail		53,972		169			56,517		169			57,629		162			25,787		74			14,317		47
Residential mortgage		14,670		52			12,947		63			14,178		60			3,436		16			2,061		9
Total net charge offs (1)(2)	$	150,662		113		$	486,730		369		$	442,490		284		$	137,250		85		$	40,411		27
Commercial real estate and Real estate construction net charge off detail:
Farmland	$	704		225		$	377		89		$	146		28		$	74		13		$	1		—
Multi-family		4,531		77			13,516		256			6,225		119			1,116		22			59		1
Non-owner occupied		18,578		103			72,496		377			42,516		224			6,721		38			246		1
Commercial real estate — investor	$	23,813		98		$	86,389		346		$	48,887		197		$	7,911		34		$	306		1
1-4 family construction	$	11,888		N/M		$	41,748		N/M		$	38,662		N/M		$	21,723		495		$	1,692		31
All other construction		18,813		N/M			156,940		N/M			118,535		N/M			33,986		178			615		4
Real estate construction	$	30,701		N/M		$	198,688		N/M		$	157,197		N/M		$	55,709		238		$	2,307		11

(A) Ratio of net charge offs to average loans by loan type in basis points.

51

N/M Not meaningful

(1) Charge offs for the year ended December 31, 2010, include $8 million related to write-downs on loans transferred to held for sale and $189 million related to write-downs of commercial loans sold and charge offs of commercial loans resolved through discounted payoff, comprised of $20 million in commercial and industrial, $66 million in commercial real estate, and $111 million in real estate construction.

(2) Charge offs for the year ended December 31, 2011, include $10 million of write-downs related to installment loans transferred to held for sale.

TABLE 11: Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

	As of December 31,
	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
	($ in Thousands)
Allowance allocation:				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)
Commercial and industrial	$	124,374		3.34	%	$	137,770		4.52	%	$	196,637		5.70	%	$	103,198		2.35	%	$	67,941		1.59	%
Commercial real estate — owner occupied *		36,200		3.33			54,320		5.17			52,275		4.36			58,202		1.63			71,172		1.96
Lease financing		2,567		4.41			7,396		12.27			8,303		8.66			777		0.64			732		0.67
Commercial and business lending		163,141		3.35			199,486		4.80			257,215		5.42			162,177					139,845
Commercial real estate — investor		86,689		3.38			111,264		4.76			110,162		4.21			—		—			—		—
Real estate construction		21,327		3.65			56,772		10.26			118,708		8.49			65,991		2.92			24,084		1.07
Commercial real estate lending		108,016		3.43			168,036		5.81			228,870		5.70			65,991					24,084
Total commercial		271,157		3.38			367,522		5.21			486,085		5.55			228,168		2.21			163,929		1.59
Home equity		70,144		2.80			55,090		2.18			43,783		1.72			20,175		0.7			20,045		0.88
Installment		6,623		1.19			17,328		2.49			11,298		1.29			6,585		0.8			5,353		0.64
Total retail		76,767		2.51			72,418		2.25			55,081		1.61			26,760		0.72			25,398		0.82
Residential mortgage		30,227		1.02			36,873		1.57			32,367		1.66			10,450		0.47			11,243		0.53
Total allowance for loan losses	$	378,151		2.70	%	$	476,813		3.78	%	$	573,533		4.06	%	$	265,378		1.63	%	$	200,570		1.29	%
		(B	)	(C	)		(B	)	(C	)		(B	)	(C	)		(B	)	(C	)		(B	)	(C	)
Commercial and industrial		33	%	27	%		29	%	24	%		34	%	24	%		39	%	27	%		34	%	28	%
Commercial real estate — owner *		10		8			11		9			9		9			22		7			36		8
Lease financing		—		—			2		—			2		1			—		1			—		1
Commercial and business lending		43		35			42		33			45		34			61		35			70		37
Commercial real estate — investor		23		18			23		18			19		18			—		15			—		15
Real estate construction		6		4			12		4			21		10			25		13			12		14
Commercial real estate lending		29		22			35		22			40		28			25		28			12		29
Total commercial		72		57			77		55			85		62			86		63			82		66
Home equity		18		18			11		20			7		18			8		18			9		15
Installment		2		4			4		6			2		6			2		5			4		5
Total retail		20		22			15		26			9		24			10		23			13		20
Residential mortgage		8		21			8		19			6		14			4		14			5		14
Total allowance for loan losses		100	%	100	%		100	%	100	%		100	%	100	%		100	%	100	%		100	%	100	%

* A break-down between commercial real estate-owner occupied and commercial real estate-investor is not available for 2008 and 2007.

(A) Allowance for loan losses category as a percentage of total loans by category.

(B) Allowance for loan losses category as a percentage of total allowance for loan losses.

(C) Total loans by category as a percentage of total loans.

The allocation methodology used at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was comparable, whereby the Corporation segregated its loss factors allocations (used for both criticized and non-criticized loans) into a component primarily based on historical loss rates and a component primarily based on other qualitative factors that may affect loan collectability. Management allocates the allowance for loan losses for credit losses by pools of risk. First, as reflected in Note 3, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated

52

financial statements, a valuation allowance estimate is established for specifically identified commercial and consumer loans determined to be impaired by the Corporation, using discounted cash flows, estimated fair value of underlying collateral, and/or other data available. Second, management allocates allowance for loan losses with loss factors, for criticized loan pools by loan type as well as for non-criticized loan pools by loan type, primarily based on historical loss rates after considering loan type, historical loss and delinquency experience, and industry statistics. During the first quarter of 2011, management refined its process for determining historical loss rates by incorporating default and loss severity rates at a more granular level within each loan portfolio. Loans that have been criticized are considered to have a higher risk of default than non-criticized loans, as circumstances were present to support the lower loan grade, warranting higher loss factors. The loss factors applied in the methodology are periodically re-evaluated and adjusted to reflect changes in historical loss levels or other risks. And third, management allocates allowance for loan losses to absorb unrecognized losses that may not be provided for by the other components due to other factors evaluated by management, such as limitations within the credit risk grading process, known current economic or business conditions that may not yet show in trends, industry or other concentrations with current issues that impose higher inherent risks than are reflected in the loss factors, and other relevant considerations. Because each of the criteria used is subject to change, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular loan category. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio. The allocation of the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses for the last five years is shown in Table 11.

The allowance allocation at year-end 2011 continues to be significantly weighted to commercial loans, with $271 million or 72% of the total allowance allocated to the commercial portfolios, compared to $368 million or 77% at year-end 2010. The allowance allocated to commercial and business lending was $163 million at year-end 2011, a decrease of $36 million from year-end 2010, and represented 43% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2011 (versus 42% at year-end 2010). The decrease in the commercial and business portfolio allocation was due to a $74 million decrease in nonaccrual loans, representing 29% of total nonaccrual loans at year-end 2011 compared to 31% at year-end 2010, and potential problem loans declined from $551 million at year-end 2010 to $290 million at year-end 2011, representing a lower percentage of potential problem loans, 51% at year-end 2011 (versus 57% at year-end 2010). The allowance allocated to commercial real estate lending was $108 million at year-end 2011, a decrease of $60 million from year-end 2010, and represented 29% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2011 (versus 35% at year-end 2010). The decreased allowance allocation to the commercial real estate portfolio was attributable to the decrease of $118 million in nonaccrual loans, representing 40% of total nonaccrual loans at year-end 2011 compared to 45% at year-end 2010, and potential problem loans declined from $391 million at year-end 2010 to $258 million at year-end 2011, representing 46% of potential problem loans at year-end 2011 (versus 41% at year-end 2010). The allowance allocation to residential mortgage loans was $30 million at year-end 2011, a decrease of $7 million from year-end 2010 and represented 8% of the allowance for loan losses at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The allowance allocation to home equity loans was $70 million at year-end 2011, an increase of $15 million from year-end 2010 and represented 18% of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 and 11% at December 31, 2010. The increase was driven by the continued higher levels of nonaccrual loans and net charge offs in this portfolio. The allowance allocation to installment loans decreased to 2% at year-end 2011 (compared to 4% for year-end 2010) given the decrease in nonaccrual installment loans. Management performs ongoing intensive analyses of its loan portfolios to allow for early identification of customers experiencing financial difficulties, maintains prudent underwriting standards, understands the economy in its core footprint, and considers the trend of deterioration in loan quality in establishing the level of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes the level of the allowance for loan losses is appropriate at December 31, 2011.

The largest portion of the allowance at year-end 2010 was allocated to commercial loans, with $368 million or 77% of the total allowance allocated to the commercial portfolios, compared to $486 million or 85% at year-end 2009. The allowance allocated to commercial and business lending was $199 million at year-end 2010, a decrease of $58 million from year-end 2009, and represented 42% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2010 (versus 45% at year-end 2009). The decrease in the commercial and business portfolio allocation was due

53

to a $133 million decrease in nonaccrual loans, representing 31% of total nonaccrual loans at year-end 2010 compared to 29% at year-end 2009, and potential problem loans declined from $824 million at year-end 2009 to $551 million at year-end 2010. The allowance allocated to commercial real estate lending was $168 million at year-end 2010, a decrease of $61 million from year-end 2009, and represented 35% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2010 (versus 40% at year-end 2009). The decreased allowance allocation to the commercial real estate portfolio was attributable to the decrease of $396 million in nonaccrual loans, representing 45% of total nonaccrual loans at year-end 2010 compared to 61% at year-end 2009, and potential problem loans declined from $738 million at year-end 2009 to $391 million at year-end 2010, representing 41% of potential problem loans at year-end 2010 (versus 46% at year-end 2009). The allowance allocation to residential mortgage was $37 million at year-end 2010, an increase of $5 million from year-end 2009 and represented 8% of the allowance for loan losses at year-end 2010 (versus 6% at year-end 2009). The allowance allocation to home equity loans was $55 million at year-end 2010, an increase of $11 million from year-end 2009 and represented 11% of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 and 7% at December 31, 2009. The allowance allocation to installment loans increased to 4% at year-end 2010 (compared to 2% for year-end 2009). Management believes the level of the allowance for loan losses is appropriate at December 31, 2010.

Consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity could be affected if management’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses is subsequently materially different, requiring additional or less provision for loan losses to be recorded. Management carefully considers numerous detailed and general factors, its assumptions, and the likelihood of materially different conditions that could alter its assumptions. While management uses currently available information to recognize losses on loans, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on newly received appraisals, updated commercial customer financial statements, rapidly deteriorating customer cash flow, and changes in economic conditions that affect our customers. Additionally, larger credit relationships (defined by management as over $25 million) do not inherently create more risk, but can create wider fluctuations in net charge offs and asset quality measures compared to the Corporation’s longer historical trends. As an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance for loan losses or may require that certain loan balances be charged off or downgraded into criticized loan categories when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Nonaccrual Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned

Management is committed to a proactive nonaccrual and problem loan identification philosophy. This philosophy is implemented through the ongoing monitoring and review of all pools of risk in the loan portfolio to ensure that problem loans are identified quickly and the risk of loss is minimized. Table 12 provides detailed information regarding nonperforming assets, which include nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned.

Nonaccrual loans are considered one indicator of potential future loan losses. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectability of principal or interest on loans, it is management’s practice to place such loans on nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed, amortization of related deferred loan fees or costs is suspended, and income is recorded only to the extent that interest payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal and interest balance of the loan is collectible. If collectability of the principal and interest is in doubt, payments received are applied to loan principal.

54

TABLE 12: Delinquent (Past Due) Loans, Potential Problem Loans, Nonperforming Assets, and Other Real Estate Owned

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011					2010					2009					2008					2007
	($ in Thousands)
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial	$	243,595				$	435,781				$	964,888				$	257,322				$	105,780
Residential mortgage		63,555					76,319					81,811					45,146					33,737
Retail		49,622					62,256					31,100					24,389					13,011
Total nonaccrual loans (NALs)		356,772					574,356					1,077,799					326,857					152,528
Other real estate owned (OREO)		41,571					44,330					68,441					48,710					26,489
Total nonperforming assets (NPAs)	$	398,343				$	618,686				$	1,146,240				$	375,567				$	179,017
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:
Commercial	$	4,236				$	2,096				$	9,394				$	—				$	3,039
Residential mortgage		—					—					—					10					—
Retail		689					1,322					15,587					13,801					7,079
Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more	$	4,925				$	3,418				$	24,981				$	13,811				$	10,118
Restructured loans (accruing):
Commercial	$	85,084				$	48,124				$	480				$	—				$	—
Residential mortgage		18,115					19,378					13,410					—					—
Retail		9,965					12,433					5,147					—					—
Total restructured loans (accruing)	$	113,164				$	79,935				$	19,037				$	—				$	—
Restructured loans included in nonaccrual loans	$	87,493				$	35,939				$	9,393				$	—				$	—
Ratios at year end:
Nonaccrual loans to total loans		2.54	%				4.55	%				7.63	%				2.01	%				0.98	%
NPAs to total loans plus OREO		2.83	%				4.89	%				8.07	%				2.30	%				1.15	%
NPAs to total assets		1.82	%				2.84	%				5.01	%				1.55	%				0.83	%
AFLL to nonaccrual loans		106	%				83	%				53	%				81	%				131	%
AFLL to total loans at end of year		2.70	%				3.78	%				4.06	%				1.63	%				1.29	%
Nonperforming assets by type:				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)
Commercial and industrial	$	56,075		2	%	$	99,845		3	%	$	230,000		7	%	$	104,664		2	%	$	32,610		1	%
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		35,718		3	%		59,317		6	%		59,785		5	%		22,999		2	%		14,888		1	%
Lease financing		10,644		18	%		17,080		28	%		19,506		20	%		187		0	%		1,323		1	%
Commercial and business lending		102,437		2	%		176,242		4	%		309,291		7	%		127,850		2	%		48,821		1	%
Commercial real estate — investor		99,352		4	%		164,610		7	%		246,308		9	%		39,424		2	%		19,498		1	%
Real estate construction		41,806		7	%		94,929		17	%		409,289		29	%		90,048		4	%		37,461		2	%
Commercial real estate lending		141,158		4	%		259,539		9	%		655,597		16	%		129,472		3	%		56,959		1	%
Total commercial		243,595		3	%		435,781		6	%		964,888		11	%		257,322		2	%		105,780		1	%
Home equity		46,907		2	%		51,712		2	%		24,452		1	%		18,109		1	%		9,713		0	%
Installment		2,715		0	%		10,544		2	%		6,648		1	%		6,280		1	%		3,298		0	%
Total retail		49,622		2	%		62,256		2	%		31,100		1	%		24,389		1	%		13,011		0	%
Residential mortgage		63,555		2	%		76,319		3	%		81,811		4	%		45,146		2	%		33,737		2	%
Total consumer		113,177		2	%		138,575		2	%		112,911		2	%		69,535		1	%		46,748		1	%
Total nonaccrual loans		356,772		3	%		574,356		5	%		1,077,799		8	%		326,857		2	%		152,528		1	%
Commercial real estate owned		24,795					31,830					52,468					28,724					8,465
Residential real estate owned		13,285					9,090					11,572					15,178					10,308
Bank properties real estate owned		3,491					3,410					4,401					4,808					7,716
Other real estate owned		41,571					44,330					68,441					48,710					26,489
Total nonperforming assets	$	398,343				$	618,686				$	1,146,240				$	375,567				$	179,017
Commercial real estate & Real estate construction NALs Detail:				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)				(A	)
Farmland	$	1,907		7	%	$	4,734		13	%	$	1,524		3	%	$	36		0	%	$	616		1	%
Multi-family		7,909		1	%		23,864		5	%		17,867		3	%		10,819		2	%		4,768		1	%
Non-owner occupied		89,536		5	%		136,012		7	%		226,917		11	%		28,569		2	%		14,114		1	%
Commercial real estate — investor	$	99,352		4	%	$	164,610		7	%	$	246,308		9	%	$	39,424		2	%	$	19,498		1	%
1-4 family construction	$	21,717		18	%	$	23,963		25	%	$	77,645		31	%	$	38,727		9	%	$	11,557		2	%
All other construction		20,089		4	%		70,966		16	%		331,644		29	%		51,321		3	%		25,904		1	%
Real estate construction	$	41,806		7	%	$	94,929		17	%	$	409,289		29	%	$	90,048		4	%	$	37,461		2	%

(A) Ratio of nonaccrual loans by type to total loans by type.

55

TABLE 12: Delinquent (Past Due) Loans, Potential Problem Loans, Nonperforming Assets, and Other Real Estate Owned (continued)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	($ in Thousands)
Loans 30-89 days past due by type:
Commercial and industrial	$	8,743	$	33,013	$	64,369	$	40,109	$	44,073
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		7,092		9,295		30,043		13,179		22,613
Lease financing		104		132		823		370		6,032
Commercial and business lending		15,939		42,440		95,235		53,658		72,718
Commercial real estate — investor		4,970		37,191		51,932		69,887		31,911
Real estate construction		996		8,016		56,559		25,266		18,813
Commercial real estate lending		5,966		45,207		108,491		95,153		50,724
Total commercial		21,905		87,647		203,726		148,811		123,442
Home equity		12,189		13,886		14,304		16,606		15,323
Installment		2,592		9,624		8,499		9,733		9,030
Total retail		14,781		23,510		22,803		26,339		24,353
Residential mortgage		7,224		8,722		14,226		14,962		9,875
Total consumer		22,005		32,232		37,029		41,301		34,228
Total loans past due 30-89 days	$	43,910	$	119,879	$	240,755	$	190,112	$	157,670
Commercial real estate & Real estate construction Past Due Loan Detail:
Farmland	$	—	$	47	$	1,338	$	892	$	509
Multi-family		407		2,758		7,669		3,394		10,551
Non-owner occupied		4,563		34,386		42,925		65,601		20,851
Commercial real estate — investor	$	4,970	$	37,191	$	51,932	$	69,887	$	31,911
1-4 family construction	$	475	$	930	$	38,555	$	6,150	$	3,560
All other construction		521		7,086		18,004		19,116		15,253
Real estate construction	$	996	$	8,016	$	56,559	$	25,266	$	18,813
Potential problem loans by type:
Commercial and industrial	$	153,306	$	354,284	$	563,836	$	363,285	$	172,734
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		136,366		193,819		251,312		100,270		85,692
Lease financing		158		2,617		8,367		1,713		1,332
Commercial and business lending		289,830		550,720		823,515		465,268		259,758
Commercial real estate — investor		230,206		298,959		346,825		143,347		145,029
Real estate construction		27,649		91,618		391,105		312,144		121,953
Commercial real estate lending		257,855		390,577		737,930		455,491		266,982
Total commercial		547,685		941,297		1,561,445		920,759		526,740
Home equity		5,451		3,057		13,400		8,900		6,665
Installment		233		703		1,524		889		530
Total retail		5,684		3,760		14,924		9,789		7,195
Residential mortgage		13,037		18,672		19,150		7,254		11,793
Total consumer		18,721		22,432		34,074		17,043		18,988
Total potential problem loans		566,406	$	963,729	$	1,595,519	$	937,802	$	545,728

56

Nonaccrual loans were $357 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $574 million at December 31, 2010. As shown in Table 12, total nonaccrual loans were down $217 million since year-end 2010, with commercial nonaccrual loans down $192 million and consumer-related nonaccrual loans down $25 million. The ratio of nonaccrual loans to total loans at the end of 2011 was 2.54%, as compared to 4.55% December 31, 2010. The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 106% at year-end 2011, up from 83% at year-end 2010.

Accruing Loans Past Due 90 Days or More:  Loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest are classified as such where the underlying loans are both well secured (the collateral value is sufficient to cover principal and accrued interest) and are in the process of collection. At December 31, 2011 accruing loans 90 days or more past due totaled $5 million compared to $3 million at December 31, 2010.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“Restructured Loans”):  Loans are considered restructured loans if concessions have been granted to the borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty. The concessions granted generally involve the modification of terms of the loan, such as changes in payment structure or interest rate, which generally would not otherwise be considered. Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. Nonaccrual restructured loans are included and treated with all other nonaccrual loans. In addition, all accruing restructured loans are being reported as troubled debt restructurings. Generally, restructured loans remain on nonaccrual until the customer has attained a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified loan terms (generally a minimum of six months). However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and whether the loan should be returned to or maintained on accrual status. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains on nonaccrual.

Beginning in 2009, as a result of the Corporation’s continued efforts to support foreclosure prevention in the markets it serves, the Corporation introduced a modification program (similar to the government modification programs available), in which the Corporation works with its mortgage customers to provide them with an affordable monthly payment through extension of the maturity date, reduction in interest rate, and / or partial principal forbearance. Beginning in 2010, the Corporation began utilizing a multiple note structure as a workout alternative for certain commercial loans, whereby a troubled loan is restructured into two notes. The first note is reasonably assured of repayment and performance according to the prudently modified terms and is returned to accrual status based on a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified terms (generally a minimum of six months). The portion of the troubled loan that is not reasonably assured of repayment is fully charged off; however, the borrower has not been released from any repayment obligation related to these notes. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the first note used need not be disclosed as a troubled debt restructuring in years after the restructuring if the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the Corporation was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement. To date, the Corporation’s use of the multiple note structure has not been significant, but use of this structure could increase in future periods. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had total restructured loans of $200 million (including $87 million classified as nonaccrual and $113 million performing in accordance with the modified terms), compared to $116 million at December 31, 2010 (including $36 million classified as nonaccrual and $80 million performing in accordance with the modified terms).

Potential Problem Loans:  The level of potential problem loans is another predominant factor in determining the relative level of risk in the loan portfolio and in determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. Potential problem loans are generally defined by management to include loans rated as substandard by management but that are not considered impaired (i.e., nonaccrual loans and accruing troubled debt restructurings); however, there are circumstances present to create doubt as to the ability of the borrower to comply with present repayment terms. The decision of management to include performing loans in potential problem loans does not necessarily mean that the Corporation expects losses to occur, but that management

57

recognizes a higher degree of risk associated with these loans. The loans that have been reported as potential problem loans are predominantly commercial loans covering a diverse range of businesses and real estate property types. At December 31, 2011, potential problem loans totaled $566 million, compared to $964 million at December 31, 2010. The $398 million decrease in potential problem loans since December 31, 2010, was primarily due to a $261 million decrease in commercial and business lending and a $133 million decrease in commercial real estate lending.

Other Real Estate Owned:  Other real estate owned decreased to $41 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $44 million at December 31, 2010. The $3 million decrease in other real estate owned during 2011 was primarily attributable to a $7 million decrease in commercial real estate owned, partially offset by a $4 million increase in residential real estate owned. Net losses on sales of other real estate owned were $2 million and $4 million for 2011, and 2010, respectively. Write-downs on other real estate owned were $9 million and $10 million for 2011, and 2010, respectively. Management actively seeks to ensure properties held are monitored to minimize the Corporation’s risk of loss.

The following table shows, for those loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis and restructured loans for the years ended as indicated, the approximate gross interest that would have been recorded if the loans had been current in accordance with their original terms and the amount of interest income that was included in interest income for the period.

TABLE 13: Foregone Loan Interest

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Interest income in accordance with original terms	$	31,463		$	40,703		$	70,852
Interest income recognized		(13,414	)		(15,917	)		(41,098	)
Reduction in interest income	$	18,049		$	24,786		$	29,754

Investment Securities Portfolio

The investment securities portfolio is intended to provide the Corporation with adequate liquidity, flexibility in asset/liability management, a source of stable income, and is structured with minimum credit exposure to the Corporation. At the time of purchase, the Corporation generally classifies its investment purchases as available for sale, consistent with these investment objectives, including possible securities sales in response to changes in interest rates or prepayment risk, the need to manage liquidity or regulatory capital, and other factors. Investment securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2011, the total carrying value of investment securities was $4.9 billion, down $1.2 billion or 19% compared to December 31, 2010 (reflecting the Corporation’s strategy of funding loan growth primarily through investment securities run-off), and represented 23% of total assets, compared to 28% of total assets at December 31, 2010. On average, the investment portfolio was $5.5 billion for 2011, up $58 million compared to 2010, and represented 28% and 26% of average earning assets for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

58

TABLE 14: Investment Securities Portfolio

	At December 31,
	2011		% of Total			2010		% of Total			2009		% of Total
	($ in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available for Sale:
Amortized Cost:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,000		<1	%	$	1,199		<1	%	$	3,896		<1	%
Federal agency securities		24,031		1			29,791		1			41,980		1
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		797,691		17			829,058		14			865,111		15
Residential mortgage-related securities		3,674,696		77			4,831,481		80			4,751,033		84
Commercial mortgage-related securities		16,647		<1			7,604		<1			—		—
Asset-backed securities		188,439		4			299,459		5			—		—
Other securities (debt and equity)		72,896		1			13,384		<1			20,954		<1
Total amortized cost	$	4,775,400		100	%	$	6,011,976		100	%	$	5,682,974		100	%
Fair Value:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,001		<1	%	$	1,208		<1	%	$	3,875		<1	%
Federal agency securities		24,049		1			29,767		1			43,407		1
Obligations of state and political subdivisions		847,246		17			838,602		14			885,165		15
Residential mortgage-related securities		3,785,590		77			4,910,497		80			4,882,519		84
Commercial mortgage-related securities		18,543		<1			7,753		<1			—		—
Asset-backed securities		187,732		4			298,841		5			—		—
Other securities (debt and equity)		73,322		1			14,673		<1			20,567		<1
Total fair value and carrying value	$	4,937,483		100	%	$	6,101,341		100	%	$	5,835,533		100	%
Net unrealized holding gains	$	162,083				$	89,365				$	152,559

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s securities portfolio did not contain securities of any single issuer that were payable from and secured by the same source of revenue or taxing authority where the aggregate carrying value of such securities exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity or approximately $287 million. At December 31, 2011, approximately 99% of the investment securities portfolio was rated investment grade.

The Corporation recognized credit-related other-than-temporary impairment write-downs of less than $1 million during 2011, including write-downs on trust preferred debt securities and various equity securities. During 2010, the Corporation recognized credit-related other-than-temporary impairment write-downs of $4 million, including write-downs on trust preferred debt securities, a non-agency mortgage-related security, and various equity securities. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 2, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions (Municipal Securities): At December 31, 2011 and 2010, municipal securities were $847 million and $839 million, and represented 17% and 14%, respectively, of total investment securities based on fair value. Municipal bond insurance company downgrades have resulted in credit downgrades in certain municipal securities; however, due to the large number of small investments in these obligations (general obligation, essential services, etc.) the loss exposure on any particular obligation is mitigated. As of December 31, 2011, the total fair value of municipal securities reflected a net unrealized gain of approximately $50 million.

Residential and Commercial Mortgage-related Securities: At December 31, 2011 and 2010, residential and commercial mortgage-related securities (which include predominantly mortgage-backed securities and

59

collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”)) were $3.8 billion and $4.9 billion, respectively, and represented 77% and 80%, respectively, of total investment securities based on fair value. Of the $3.8 billion mortgage-related investment securities at December 31, 2011, approximately 99% were agency guaranteed. The fair value of mortgage-related securities is subject to inherent risks based upon the future performance of the underlying collateral (i.e. mortgage loans) for these securities, such as prepayment risk and interest rate changes. The Corporation regularly assesses valuation and credit quality underlying these securities.

Asset-backed Securities: At December 31, 2011 and 2010, asset-backed securities (which are largely comprised of senior, floating rate, tranches of student loan securities issued by SLM Corp and guaranteed under the Federal Family Education Loan Program) were $188 million and $299 million, and represented 4% and 5%, respectively, of total investment securities based on fair value. The fair value of asset-backed securities is subject to inherent risks based upon the future performance of the underlying collateral (i.e. student loans) for these securities, such as prepayment risk and interest rate changes.

Other Securities (Debt and Equity): At December 31, 2011 and 2010, other securities were $73 million and $15 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, other securities of $73 million included debt and equity securities of $65 million and $8 million, respectively, compared to debt and equity securities of $6 million and $9 million, respectively, for a total of $15 million at December 31, 2010. During 2011, the Corporation purchased $60 million of corporate debt securities with an estimated maturity of 3 years and a rating of A or AA. Debt securities include corporate bonds, trust preferred debt securities pools, commercial paper, and money market mutual funds, while equity securities include preferred and common equity securities. The downturn in the economy has resulted in depressed prices for trust preferred debt securities pools and common equity securities resulting in the write-downs noted above.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago Stocks: At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had FHLB stock of $121 million and Federal Reserve Bank stock of $70 million, unchanged from December 31, 2010. The Corporation is required to maintain Federal Reserve stock and FHLB stock as a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, and in amounts as required by these institutions. These equity securities are “restricted” in that they can only be sold back to the respective institutions or another member institution at par. Therefore, they are less liquid than other marketable equity securities and their fair value is equal to amortized cost.

The FHLB of Chicago announced in October 2007 that it was under a consensual cease and desist order with its regulator, which among other things, restricts various future activities of the FHLB of Chicago. Such restrictions may limit or stop the FHLB from paying dividends or redeeming stock without prior approval. The FHLB of Chicago resumed payment of dividends during the first quarter of 2011. In February 2012, the FHLB of Chicago initiated a tender for certain of its shares, whereby the FHLB would repurchase its shares at par. The Corporation participated in the tender and reduced its equity holdings in the FHLB of Chicago by $13 million.

60

TABLE 15: Investment Securities Portfolio Maturity Distribution (1) — December 31 2011

	Investment Securities Available for Sale - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield
	Within one year					After one but within five years					After five but within ten years					After ten years					Mortgage-related and equity securities					Total Amortized Cost					Total Fair Value
	Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount
	($ in Thousands)
U. S. Treasury securities	$	1,000		1.31	%	$	—		—		$	—		—		$	—		—		$	—		—		$	1,000		1.31	%	$	1,001
Federal agency securities		23,991		0.70	%		40		3.57	%		—		—			—		—			—		—			24,031		0.70	%		24,049
Obligations of states and political subdivisions(2)		34,587		5.65	%		119,538		5.66	%		557,997		5.57	%		85,569		5.96	%		—		—			797,691		5.63	%		847,246
Other debt securities		3,569		1.64	%		60,872		1.42	%		—		—			1,330		1.10	%		—		—			65,771		1.43	%		64,530
Residential mortgage-related securities		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			3,674,696		3.42	%		3,674,696		3.42	%		3,785,590
Commercial mortgage-related securities		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			16,647		5.75	%		16,647		5.75	%		18,543
Asset-backed securities		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			188,439		0.58	%		188,439		0.58	%		187,732
Other equity securities		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			7,125		6.12	%		7,125		6.12	%		8,792
Total amortized cost	$	63,147		3.48	%	$	180,450		4.23	%	$	557,997		5.57	%	$	86,899		5.88	%	$	3,886,907		3.30	%	$	4,775,400		3.65	%	$	4,937,483
Total fair value and carrying value	$	64,313				$	185,425				$	595,889				$	91,199				$	4,000,657									$	4,937,483

(1) Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities, as borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

(2) Yields on tax-exempt securities are computed on a taxable equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35% and have not been adjusted for certain disallowed interest deductions.

Deposits

Deposits are the Corporation’s largest source of funds. Selected period-end deposit information is detailed in Note 6, “Deposits,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, including a maturity distribution of all time deposits at December 31, 2011. A maturity distribution of certificates of deposits and other time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2011 is shown in Table 17. Table 16 summarizes the distribution of average deposit balances. See also section “Liquidity.”

The Corporation competes with other bank and nonbank institutions for deposits, as well as with a growing number of non-deposit investment alternatives available to depositors, such as mutual funds, money market funds, annuities, and other brokerage investment products. Competition for deposits remains high. Challenges to deposit growth include a usual cyclical decline in deposits historically experienced during the first quarter (noted as a challenge since the return of deposit balances may not be timely or by as much as the outflow), price changes on deposit products given movements in the rate environment and other competitive pricing pressures, and customer choices to higher-costing deposit products or to non-deposit investment alternatives.

At December 31, 2011, deposits were $15.1 billion, down $135 million or 1% from December 31, 2010, consistent with the Corporation’s strategy for reducing its utilization of network transaction deposits and brokered deposits. The decrease in total deposits included a $381 million decrease in other time deposits and a $285 million decrease in money market deposits, partially offset by a $427 million increase in interest-bearing demand deposits. As a result of the strategy noted above, network transaction deposits declined $269 million to represent 6% of total deposits at December 31, 2011 (compared to 8% at year-end 2010), while noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased to 26% of total deposits (versus 24% last year end).

Net customer deposits and funding averaged $15.0 billion for 2011, up $570 million or 4% from 2010. Similar to that seen for period end deposits, the mix of average deposits was also impacted by the Corporation’s strategy for reducing its utilization of network transaction deposits and brokered deposits. For 2011 and 2010 as presented in Table 16, demand deposits grew to 23% of total average deposits for 2011, while network transaction deposits declined to 7% of total average deposits (compared to 13% of total average deposits for 2010) and brokered certificates of deposit declined to 2% of total average deposits for 2011.

61

TABLE 16: Average Deposits Distribution

	2011					2010					2009
	Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total			Amount		% of Total
	($ in Thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	3,381,128		23	%	$	3,094,691		18	%	$	2,884,673		18	%
Savings deposits		987,198		7	%		898,019		5	%		880,544		6	%
Interest-bearing demand deposits		1,947,506		14	%		2,780,525		17	%		2,154,745		13	%
Money market deposits		5,147,437		36	%		6,374,071		38	%		5,390,782		34	%
Brokered certificates of deposit		290,226		2	%		547,328		3	%		767,424		5	%
Other time deposits		2,647,632		18	%		3,251,667		19	%		3,880,878		24	%
Total deposits		14,401,127		100	%		16,946,301		100	%		15,959,046		100	%
Customer repo sweeps		860,831					239,144					301,929
Customer repo term		932,844					—					—
Total customer funding		1,793,675					239,144					301,929
Total deposits and customer funding	$	16,194,802				$	17,185,445				$	16,260,975
Network transaction deposits included above in interest-bearing demand and money market	$	952,825				$	2,256,149				$	1,613,623
Brokered certificates of deposit		290,226					547,328					767,424
Total network and brokered funding	$	1,243,051				$	2,803,477				$	2,381,047
Net customer deposits and funding	$	14,951,751				$	14,381,968				$	13,879,928

TABLE 17: Maturity Distribution-Certificates of Deposit and Other Time Deposits of $100,000 or More

	December 31, 2011
	Certificates of Deposit		Other Time Deposits		Total Certificates of Deposits and Other Time Deposits
	($ in Thousands)
Three months or less	$	317,698	$	97,550	$	415,248
Over three months through six months		98,076		103,532		201,608
Over six months through twelve months		166,922		79,452		246,374
Over twelve months		97,491		20,517		118,008
Total	$	680,187	$	301,051	$	981,238

Other Funding Sources

Other funding sources, including short-term and long-term funding, were $3.7 billion at December 31, 2011 and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2010. See also section “Liquidity.” Long-term funding at December 31, 2011, was $1.2 billion, a decrease of $237 million from December 31, 2010. The decrease in long-term funding was primarily attributable to a decrease of $500 million in FHLB advances and a decrease of $170 million in subordinated debt, partially offset by the issuance of $430 million in senior notes to fund the repurchase of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The Corporation retired $28 million of subordinated debt during the first quarter of 2011 and the remaining outstanding balance of $142 million was repaid at maturity on August 15, 2011. During 2011, the Corporation issued $430 million of senior notes which mature on March 28, 2016, and have a fixed coupon rate of 5.125%. See Note 8, “Long-term Funding,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information on long-term funding.

62

Short-term funding is comprised primarily of Federal funds purchased; securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Federal Reserve discount window; short-term FHLB advances; and treasury, tax, and loan notes. Short-term funding sources at December 31, 2011 were $2.5 billion, $767 million higher than December 31, 2010 due to increased securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The FHLB advances included in short-term borrowings are those with original contractual maturities of less than one year, while the Federal Reserve funds represent short-term funding through the Term Auction Facility. The securities sold under agreements to repurchase are short-term borrowings collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies and mature daily. The treasury, tax, and loan notes are demand notes representing secured borrowings from the U.S. Treasury, collateralized by qualifying securities and loans. This funding program provides funds at the discretion of the U.S. Treasury that may be called at any time. Many short-term funding sources, particularly Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, are expected to be reissued and, therefore, do not represent an immediate need for cash. See Note 7, “Short-term Funding,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information on short-term funding, and Table 18 for specific disclosure required for major short-term funding categories.

On average, short and long-term funding totaled $4.1 billion for 2011, up $1.6 billion or 67% from 2010, including a $2.0 billion increase in short-term funding and a $358 million decrease in long-term funding. The mix of funding shifted in 2011 from long-term funding instruments to short-term funding instruments, with average short-term funding increasing to 66% of funding compared to 28% in 2010. Within the short-term funding categories, average securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased $1.5 billion and short-term FHLB advances increased $719 million, while Federal funds purchased declined $198 million. Within long-term funding, average long-term repurchase agreements decreased $255 million, FHLB advances decreased $270 million, and average subordinated debt was down $102 million, while average senior notes increased $269 million.

TABLE 18: Short-Term Funding

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Federal funds purchased:
Balance end of year	$	154,730		$	154,810		$	402,630
Average amounts outstanding during year		132,799			330,997			992,494
Maximum month-end amounts outstanding		289,445			429,350			2,112,668
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding at end of year		0.12	%		1.97	%		1.78	%
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding during year		0.08	%		1.97	%		0.83	%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Balance end of year	$	1,359,755		$	563,884		$	195,858
Average amounts outstanding during year		1,793,675			239,144			301,929
Maximum month-end amounts outstanding		2,078,038			563,884			434,014
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding at end of year		0.28	%		0.39	%		0.21	%
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding during year		0.34	%		0.28	%		0.20	%
Federal Reserve Term Auction Facility:
Balance end of year	$	—		$	—		$	600,000
Average amounts outstanding during year		—			67,397			942,973
Maximum month-end amounts outstanding		—			600,000			1,400,000
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding at end of year		—			—			0.24	%
Average interest rates on amounts outstanding during year		—			0.25	%		0.25	%

63

Liquidity

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure that the Corporation has the ability to generate sufficient cash or cash equivalents in a timely and cost-effective manner to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to meet its other commitments as they fall due, including the ability to pay dividends to shareholders, service debt, invest in subsidiaries or acquisitions, and satisfy other operating requirements. In addition to satisfying cash flow requirements in the ordinary course of business, the Corporation actively monitors and manages its liquidity position to insure sufficient resources are available to meet cash flow requirements in adverse situations.

The Corporation’s internal liquidity management framework includes measurement of several key elements, such as deposit funding as a percent of total assets and liquid asset levels. Strong capital ratios, credit quality, and core earnings are essential to maintaining cost-effective access to wholesale funding markets. A downgrade or loss in credit ratings could have an impact on the Corporation’s ability to access wholesale funding at favorable interest rates. In addition to static liquidity measures, the Corporation performs dynamic scenario analysis in accordance with industry best practices. Measures have been established to ensure the Corporation has sufficient high quality short-term liquidity to meet cash flow requirements under stressed scenarios. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation was in compliance with its internal liquidity objectives.

While core deposits and loan and investment securities repayments are principal sources of liquidity, funding diversification is another key element of liquidity management. Diversity is achieved by strategically varying depositor type, term, funding market, and instrument. The Parent Company and its subsidiary bank are rated by Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”), Fitch Investors (“Fitch”), and Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”). Credit ratings by these nationally recognized statistical rating agencies are an important component of the Corporation’s liquidity profile. Credit ratings relate to the Corporation’s ability to issue debt securities and the cost to borrow money, and should not be viewed as an indication of future stock performance or a recommendation to buy, sell, or hold securities. Among other factors, the credit ratings are based on financial strength, credit quality and concentrations in the loan portfolio, the level and volatility of earnings, capital adequacy, the quality of management, the liquidity of the balance sheet, the availability of a significant base of core deposits, and the Corporation’s ability to access a broad array of wholesale funding sources. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a negative change in credit ratings and impact not only the ability to raise funds in the capital markets but also the cost of these funds. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time and each rating should be evaluated independently. The senior credit ratings of the Parent Company and its subsidiary bank are displayed below.

TABLE 19: Credit Ratings

	December 31, 2011
	Moody’s		S&P		Fitch		DBRS
Bank short-term deposits		P2		—		F2		R2
Bank long-term		A3		BBB+		BBB-		BBB
Corporation short-term		P2		—		F3		R2
Corporation long-term		Baa1		BBB		BBB-		BBB
Outlook		Stable		Stable		Stable		Stable

The Corporation also has multiple funding sources that could be used to increase liquidity and provide additional financial flexibility. The Parent Company filed a “shelf” registration in December 2008, which was subsequently renewed in January 2012, under which the Parent Company may offer any combination of the following securities, either separately or in units: debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, common stock, and warrants. The Corporation issued $300 million of senior notes in March 2011 and an additional $130 million of senior notes in September 2011. These senior notes are due in 2016 and bear a 5.125% fixed coupon. In addition, the Corporation issued $65 million of depositary shares of 8% Series B perpetual preferred stock. The Parent Company also has a $200 million commercial paper program, of which, no commercial paper was outstanding at December 31, 2011.

64

In November 2008, under the CPP, the Corporation issued 525,000 shares of Senior Preferred Stock (with a par value of $1.00 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) and a 10-year warrant to purchase approximately 4 million shares of common stock (“Common Stock Warrants”), for aggregate proceeds of $525 million. On April 6, 2011, the Corporation repurchased half (262,500 shares) of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the CPP for $263 million. On September 14, 2011, the Corporation repurchased the remaining shares (262,500) of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the CPP for $263 million.

The Common Stock Warrants have a term of 10 years and are exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $19.77 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments). On December 6, 2011, the U.S. Department of the Treasury closed on an underwritten secondary public offering of approximately 4 million warrants, each representing the right to purchase one share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation. As of December 31, 2011, the Common Stock Warrants remain outstanding.

While dividends and service fees from subsidiaries and proceeds from issuance of capital are primary funding sources for the Parent Company, these sources could be limited or costly (such as by regulation or subject to the capital needs of its subsidiaries or by market appetite for bank holding company stock). No dividends were received from subsidiaries in 2011, and at December 31, 2011, $94 million in additional dividends are available to be paid to the Parent Company by its subsidiaries without obtaining prior regulatory approval, subject to the capital needs of each subsidiary. See Note 17, “Regulatory Matters,” for additional information on regulatory requirements for the Bank.

The Bank established a note program during 2000. Under this program, short-term and long-term debt may be issued. As of December 31, 2011, no bank notes were outstanding and $225 million was available under the 2000 bank note program. A new bank note program was instituted during 2005, of which $2 billion was available at December 31, 2011. The Bank has also established federal funds lines with counterparty banks and the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank ($1.5 billion of Federal Home Loan Bank advances were outstanding at December 31, 2011). The Bank also has significant excess loan and investment securities collateral which could be pledged to secure additional deposits or to counterparty banks, the Federal Home Loan Bank or other parties as necessary. Associated Bank also issues institutional certificates of deposit, network transaction deposits, and brokered certificates of deposit.

Investment securities are an important tool to the Corporation’s liquidity objective. As of December 31, 2011, all investment securities are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. Of the $4.9 billion investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2011, a portion of these securities were pledged to secure $1.3 billion of collateralized deposits and $1.4 billion of repurchase agreements and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The majority of the remaining investment securities of $1.6 billion could be pledged or sold to enhance liquidity, if necessary.

As reflected in Table 21, the Corporation has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and other commitments, which may require future cash payments. The time deposits with shorter maturities could imply near-term liquidity risk if such deposit balances do not rollover at maturity into new time or non-time deposits at the Corporation. However, the relatively short maturities in time deposits are not out of the ordinary to the Corporation’s historical experience of its customer base preference. As evidenced in Table 16, average other time and certificates of deposit were 18% of total average deposits for 2011, compared to 19% of total average deposits for 2010. Many short-term borrowings, also shown in Table 21, particularly Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, can be reissued and, therefore, do not represent an immediate need for cash. See additional discussion in sections, “Net Interest Income,” “Investment Securities Portfolio,” and “Interest Rate Risk,” and in Note 2, “Investment Securities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. As a financial services provider, the Corporation routinely enters into commitments to extend credit. While contractual obligations represent future cash requirements of the Corporation, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon.

65

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $310 million, while investing and financing activities used net cash of $473 million and $89 million, respectively, for a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents of $252 million since year-end 2010. Generally, during 2011, net assets increased to $21.9 billion (up $139 million or 1%) compared to year-end 2010, primarily due to a $1.4 billion increase in loans offset by a $1.2 billion decrease in investment securities. On the funding side, deposits decreased $135 million and long-term funding decreased $237 million, while short-term funding increased $767 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash provided by operating and investing activities was $509 million and $617 million, respectively, while financing activities used net cash of $1.1 billion, for a negligible increase in cash and cash equivalents since year-end 2009. Generally, during 2010, assets decreased to $21.8 billion (down $1.1 billion or 5%) compared to year-end 2009, primarily due to a $1.5 billion decrease in loans and a $266 million increase in investment securities. On the funding side, short-term funding increased $521 million, while deposits decreased $1.5 billion and long-term funding decreased $540 million.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk arises from exposure to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rate or price risk. The Corporation faces market risk in the form of interest rate risk through other than trading activities. Market risk from other than trading activities in the form of interest rate risk is measured and managed through a number of methods. The Corporation uses financial modeling techniques that measure the sensitivity of future earnings due to changing rate environments to measure interest rate risk. Policies established by the Corporation’s Asset/Liability Committee and approved by the Board of Directors are intended to limit exposure of earnings at risk. General interest rate movements are used to develop sensitivity as the Corporation feels it has no primary exposure to a specific point on the yield curve. These limits are based on the Corporation’s exposure to a 100 bp and 200 bp immediate and sustained parallel rate move, either upward or downward.

Interest Rate Risk

In order to measure earnings sensitivity to changing rates, the Corporation uses three different measurement tools: simulation of earnings, economic value of equity, and static gap analysis. These three measurement tools present different views which take into account changes in management strategies and market conditions, among other factors, to varying degrees.

Simulation of earnings:  Along with the static gap analysis, determining the sensitivity of short-term future earnings to a hypothetical plus or minus 100 bp and 200 bp parallel rate shock can be accomplished through the use of simulation modeling. The simulation of earnings models the balance sheet as an ongoing entity. Future business assumptions involving administered rate products, prepayments for future rate-sensitive balances, and the reinvestment of maturing assets and liabilities are included. These items are then modeled to project net interest income based on a hypothetical change in interest rates. The resulting net interest income for the next 12-month period is compared to the net interest income amount calculated using flat rates. This difference represents the Corporation’s earnings sensitivity to a plus or minus 100 bp parallel rate shock.

The resulting simulations for December 31, 2011, projected that net interest income would increase by approximately 2.2% if rates rose by a 100 bp shock. At December 31, 2010, the 100 bp shock up was projected to increase net interest income by approximately 1.7%. As of December 31, 2011, the simulation of earnings results were within the Corporation’s interest rate risk policy.

Economic value of equity:  Economic value of equity is another tool used to measure the impact of interest rates on the value of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet financial instruments. This measurement is a longer-term analysis of interest rate risk as it evaluates every cash flow produced by the current balance sheet.

66

These results are based solely on immediate and sustained parallel changes in market rates and do not reflect the earnings sensitivity that may arise from other factors. These factors may include changes in the shape of the yield curve, the change in spread between key market rates, or accounting recognition of the impairment of certain intangibles. The results are also considered to be conservative estimates due to the fact that no management action to mitigate potential income variances is included within the simulation process. This action could include, but would not be limited to, delaying an increase in deposit rates, extending liabilities, using financial derivative products to hedge interest rate risk, changing the pricing characteristics of loans, or changing the growth rate of certain assets and liabilities. As of December 31, 2011, the projected changes for the economic value of equity were within the Corporation’s interest rate risk policy.

The Corporation uses interest rate derivative financial instruments as an asset/liability management tool to hedge mismatches in interest rate exposure indicated by the net interest income simulation described above. They are used to modify the Corporation’s exposures to interest rate fluctuations and provide more stable spreads between loan yields and the rate on their funding sources. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed- and variable-rate payments without the exchange of the underlying notional amount on which the interest payments are calculated. To hedge against rising interest rates, the Corporation may use interest rate caps. Counterparties to these interest rate cap agreements pay the Corporation based on the notional amount and the difference between current rates and strike rates. To hedge against falling interest rates, the Corporation may use interest rate floors. Like caps, counterparties to interest rate floor agreements pay the Corporation based on the notional amount and the difference between current rates and strike rates.

The Corporation also enters into various derivative contracts (i.e. interest rate swaps, caps, collars, and corridors) which are designated as free standing derivative contracts. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Free standing derivatives are entered into primarily for the benefit of commercial customers through providing derivative products which enables the customer to manage their exposures to interest rate risk. The Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates related to these derivative contracts is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts have identical notional values, terms and indices. Derivative financial instruments are further discussed in Note 14, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

Static gap analysis:  The static gap analysis starts with contractual repricing information for assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments. These items are then combined with repricing estimations for administered rate (interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts) and non-rate related products (demand deposit accounts, other assets, and other liabilities) to create a baseline repricing balance sheet. In addition to the contractual information, residential mortgage whole loan products and mortgage-backed securities are adjusted based on industry estimates of prepayment speeds that capture the expected prepayment of principal above the contractual amount based on how far away the contractual coupon is from market coupon rates.

67

The following table represents the Corporation’s consolidated static gap position as of December 31, 2011.

TABLE 20: Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

	December 31, 2011
	Interest Sensitivity Period
	0-90 Days			91-180 Days			181-365 Days			Total Within 1 Year		Over 1 Year			Total
Earning assets:	($ in Thousands)
Loans held for sale	$	249,195		$	—		$	—		$	249,195	$	—		$	249,195
Investment securities, at fair value		624,074			349,248			473,502			1,446,824		3,490,659			4,937,483
Regulatory stock		191,188			—			—			191,188		—			191,188
Loans		7,486,582			737,868			1,202,793			9,427,243		4,603,828			14,031,071
Other earning assets		161,637			—			—			161,637		—			161,637
Total earning assets	$	8,712,676		$	1,087,116		$	1,676,295		$	11,476,087	$	8,094,487		$	19,570,574
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits(1)(2)	$	2,740,102		$	1,700,917		$	3,082,263		$	7,523,282	$	7,364,425		$	14,887,707
Other interest-bearing liabilities(2)		2,567,389			154,124			128,668			2,850,181		1,044,323			3,894,504
Interest rate swap		(100,000	)		—			100,000			—		—			—
Total interest-bearing liabilities	$	5,207,491		$	1,855,041		$	3,310,931		$	10,373,463	$	8,408,748		$	18,782,211
Interest sensitivity gap	$	3,505,185		$	(767,925	)	$	(1,634,636	)	$	1,102,624	$	(314,261	)	$	788,363
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap	$	3,505,185		$	2,737,260		$	1,102,624
12 Month cumulative gap as a percentage of earning assets at December 31, 2011		17.9	%		14.0	%		5.6	%

(1) The interest rate sensitivity assumptions for demand deposits, savings accounts, money market accounts, and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts are based on current and historical experiences regarding portfolio retention and interest rate repricing behavior. Based on these experiences, a portion of these balances are considered to be long-term and fairly stable and are, therefore, included in the “Over 1 Year” category.

(2) For analysis purposes, Brokered CDs of $203 million have been included with other interest-bearing liabilities and excluded from deposits.

The static gap analysis in Table 20 provides a representation of the Corporation’s earnings sensitivity to changes in interest rates. It is a static indicator that may not necessarily indicate the sensitivity of net interest income in a changing interest rate environment. As of December 31, 2011, the 12-month cumulative gap results were within the Corporation’s interest rate risk policy.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s 12-month static gap analysis was positive due to the increases in LIBOR-based loans and other short-term revolving credit arrangements, and a reduction in short-term liabilities as FHLB advances were not renewed and the Corporation’s subordinated debt was retired. (Liability sensitive means that liabilities will reprice faster than assets, while asset sensitive means that assets will reprice faster than liabilities. In a rising rate environment, an asset sensitive bank will generally benefit.) For 2012, the Corporation’s objective is to remain relatively neutral. However, the interest rate position is at risk to changes in other factors, such as the slope of the yield curve, competitive pricing pressures, changes in balance sheet mix from management action and/or from customer behavior relative to loan or deposit products. See also section “Net Interest Income.”

68

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities

Through the normal course of operations, the Corporation has entered into certain contractual obligations and other commitments, including but not limited to those most usually related to funding of operations through deposits or debt, commitments to extend credit, derivative contracts to assist management of interest rate exposure, and to a lesser degree leases for premises and equipment. Table 21 summarizes significant contractual obligations and other commitments at December 31, 2011, at those amounts contractually due to the recipient, including any unamortized premiums or discounts, hedge basis adjustments, or other similar carrying value adjustments. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.

Table 21: Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

December 31, 2011	Note Reference		One Year or Less		One to Three Years		Three to Five Years		Over Five Years		Total
	($ in Thousands)
Time deposits		6	$	2,253,014	$	332,139	$	111,817	$	30,398	$	2,727,368
Short-term funding		7		2,514,485		—		—		—		2,514,485
Long-term funding		8		100,057		400,067		435,404		241,543		1,177,071
Operating leases		5		13,400		23,583		20,578		45,748		103,309
Commitments to extend credit		13		3,099,195		784,575		803,727		109,088		4,796,585
Total			$	7,980,151	$	1,540,364	$	1,371,526	$	426,777	$	11,318,818

The Corporation also has obligations under its retirement plans as described in Note 11, “Retirement Plans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. To a lesser degree, the Corporation also has commitments to fund various investments and other projects as discussed further in Note 13, “Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, the net liability for uncertain tax positions, including associated interest and penalties, was $16 million. This liability represents an estimate of tax positions that the Corporation has taken in its tax returns which may ultimately not be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, this estimated liability has been excluded from Table 21. See Note 12, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information and disclosure related to uncertain tax positions.

The Corporation may have a variety of financial transactions that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are either not recorded on the balance sheet or are recorded on the balance sheet in amounts that differ from the full contract or notional amounts.

The Corporation’s interest rate derivative contracts, under which the Corporation is required to either receive cash from or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates applied to notional amounts, are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts. In addition, the fair value measurement of interest rate derivative instruments also includes a nonperformance / credit risk component. Because neither the derivative assets and liabilities, nor their notional amounts, represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts, they are not included in Table 21. Related to the Corporation’s mortgage derivatives, both of which are derivatives carried on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value (see Note 14, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements), the Corporation had outstanding $235 million interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale (included in Table 21 as part of commitments to extend credit) and forward commitments to sell $438 million of residential mortgage loans to

69

various investors as of December 31, 2011. For further information and discussion of derivative contracts, see section “Interest Rate Risk,” and Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 14, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

The Corporation does not have significant off-balance sheet arrangements such as the use of special-purpose entities or securitization trusts. Residential mortgage loans sold to others (i.e., the off-balance sheet loans underlying the mortgage servicing rights asset) are predominantly conventional residential first lien mortgages originated under our usual underwriting procedures, and are most often sold on a nonrecourse basis. The Corporation’s agreements to sell residential mortgage loans in the normal course of business usually require certain representations and warranties on the underlying loans sold, related to credit information, loan documentation, collateral, and insurability, which if subsequently are untrue or breached, could require the Corporation to repurchase certain loans affected. During 2010 and 2011, there have been insignificant instances of repurchase under representations and warranties. To a much lesser degree, the Corporation may sell residential mortgage loans with limited recourse (limited in that the recourse period ends prior to the loan’s maturity, usually after certain time and/or loan paydown criteria have been met), whereby repurchase could be required if the loan had defined delinquency issues during the limited recourse periods. At December 31, 2011, there were approximately $56 million of residential mortgage loans sold with such recourse risk, upon which there have been insignificant instances of repurchase.

In October 2004, the Corporation acquired a thrift. Prior to the acquisition, this thrift retained a subordinate position to the FHLB in the credit risk on the underlying residential mortgage loans it sold to the FHLB in exchange for a monthly credit enhancement fee. The Corporation has not sold loans to the FHLB with such credit risk retention since February 2005. At December 31, 2011, there were $475 million of such residential mortgage loans with credit risk recourse, upon which there have been negligible historical losses to the Corporation.

The Corporation also has standby letters of credit (guarantees for payment to third parties of specified amounts if customers fail to pay, carried on-balance sheet at an estimate of their fair value of $4 million) of $320 million, and commercial letters of credit (off-balance sheet commitments generally authorizing a third party to draw drafts on us up to a stated amount and typically having underlying goods shipments as collateral) of $48 million at December 31, 2011. Given the credit environment during 2011, the Corporation had a reserve for losses on unfunded commitments totaling $15 million at December 31, 2011, included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Since most of these commitments, as well as commitments to extend credit, are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. See section, “Liquidity” and Note 13, “Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, and Contingent Liabilities,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information.

The Corporation has principal investment commitments to provide capital-based financing to private and public companies through either direct investments in specific companies or through investment funds and partnerships. The timing of future cash requirements to fund such commitments is generally dependent on the investment cycle, whereby privately held companies are funded by private equity investors and ultimately sold, merged, or taken public through an initial offering, which can vary based on overall market conditions, as well as the nature and type of industry in which the companies operate. The Corporation also invests in low-income housing, small-business commercial real estate, new market tax credit projects, and historic tax credit projects to promote the revitalization of low-to-moderate-income neighborhoods throughout the local communities of its bank subsidiary. As a limited partner in these unconsolidated projects, the Corporation is allocated tax credits and deductions associated with the underlying projects. The Corporation is currently evaluating the potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on these investments. The aggregate carrying value of these investments at December 31, 2011, was $36 million, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Related to these investments, the Corporation had remaining commitments to fund of $15 million at December 31, 2011.

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Corporation, borrowers may be required to obtain Private Mortgage Insurance (PMI) provided by third-party insurers. The Corporation entered into reinsurance treaties with certain

70

PMI carriers which provided, among other things, for a sharing of losses within a specified range of the total PMI coverage in exchange for a portion of the PMI premiums. The Corporation’s reinsurance treaties typically provide that the Corporation will assume liability for losses once they exceed 5% of the aggregate risk exposure up to a maximum of 10% of the aggregate risk exposure. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s potential risk exposure was approximately $19 million. As of January 1, 2009, the Corporation discontinued providing reinsurance coverage for new loans in exchange for a portion of the PMI premium. The Company’s liability for reinsurance losses, including estimated losses incurred but not yet reported, was $8 million at December 31, 2011.

Capital

Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011, was $2.9 billion, down $293 million compared to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2010. Stockholders’ equity is also described in Note 9, “Stockholders’ Equity,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. The decrease in stockholders’ equity for 2011 was primarily attributable to the repurchase of $525 million of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the CPP, net of the issuance of $65 million of depository shares of 8% Series B perpetual preferred stock. Cash dividends paid in 2011 were $0.04 per common share, compared with $0.04 per common share in 2010. At December 31, 2011, stockholders’ equity included $66 million of accumulated other comprehensive income compared to $28 million of accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2010. The $38 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive income resulted primarily from the change in the unrealized gain/loss position, net of the tax effect, on investment securities available for sale. Stockholders’ equity to assets at December 31, 2011, was 13.07%, compared to 14.50% at the end of 2010.

On November 5, 2009, Associated Bank, National Association (the “Bank”) entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), its primary banking regulator. The MOU, which is an informal agreement between the Bank and the OCC, requires the Bank to develop, implement, and maintain various processes to improve the Bank’s risk management of its loan portfolio and a three year capital plan providing for maintenance of specified capital levels, notification to the OCC of dividends proposed to be paid to the Corporation and the commitment of the Corporation to act as a primary or contingent source of the Bank’s capital. On September 6, 2011, the Corporation announced that it had been advised by the OCC that the MOU the Bank had entered into in November 2009 had been terminated.

On April 6, 2010, the Corporation entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“Memorandum”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“Reserve Bank”). The Memorandum, which was entered into following the 2008-2009 supervisory cycle, is an informal agreement between the Corporation and the Reserve Bank. As required, management has submitted plans to strengthen board and management oversight and risk management and for maintaining sufficient capital incorporating stress scenarios. As also required, the Corporation has submitted quarterly progress reports, and has obtained, and will in the future continue to obtain, approval prior to payment of dividends and interest or principal payments on subordinated debt, increases in borrowings or guarantees of debt, or the repurchase of common stock.

On November 21, 2008, the Corporation announced that it sold $525 million of Senior Preferred Stock and related Common Stock Warrants to the UST under the CPP. In 2011, the Corporation repurchased all of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. On April 6, 2011, the Corporation repurchased half (262,500 shares) of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the CPP for $263 million and on September 14, 2011, the remaining balance (262,500 shares) was repurchased for $263 million. The Senior Preferred Stock repurchases were funded by the issuance of $430 million of senior notes and $65 million of depository shares of 8% perpetual preferred stock. On December 6, 2011, the U.S. Department of the Treasury closed on an underwritten secondary public offering of approximately 4 million warrants, each representing the right to purchase one share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation. As of December 31, 2011, the Common Stock Warrants remain outstanding. See section, “Liquidity,” for additional information on the Senior Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants.

71

On January 15, 2010, the Corporation announced it had closed its underwritten public offering of 44.8 million shares of its common stock at $11.15 per share. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $478 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The Corporation used the net proceeds of this offering to support continued growth and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The Board of Directors has authorized management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock to be made available for re-issuance in connection with the Corporation’s employee incentive plans and/or for other corporate purposes. During 2011 and 2010, no shares were repurchased under these authorizations. The Corporation repurchased shares for minimum tax withholding settlements on equity compensation during 2010 and 2011. See Part II, Item 5, “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issues Purchases of Equity Securities,” for additional information on the shares repurchased for equity compensation for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The repurchase of shares will be based on market opportunities, capital levels, growth prospects, and other investment opportunities, and is subject to the restrictions under the Memorandum of Understanding with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.

Management actively reviews capital strategies for the Corporation and each of its subsidiaries in light of perceived business risks, future growth opportunities, industry standards, and compliance with regulatory requirements. The assessment of overall capital adequacy depends on a variety of factors, including asset quality, liquidity, stability of earnings, changing competitive forces, economic condition in markets served, and strength of management. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the tier 1 risk-based capital ratios, total risk-based capital (tier 1 and tier 2) ratios, and tier 1 leverage ratios for the Corporation and its bank subsidiary were in excess of regulatory minimum requirements. Regulatory capital ratios for the Corporation and its significant subsidiary are included in Note 17, “Regulatory Matters,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. The Corporation’s capital ratios are summarized in Table 22.

Table 22: Capital

	At or for the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In Thousands, except per share data)
Total stockholders’ equity	$	2,865,794		$	3,158,791		$	2,738,608
Tier 1 capital		2,051,787			2,376,893			1,918,238
Tier 1 common equity		1,783,515			1,657,505			1,202,131
Total capital		2,263,065			2,576,297			2,180,959
Market capitalization		1,938,833			2,622,647			1,407,915
Book value per common share	$	16.15		$	15.28		$	17.42
Tangible book value per common share		10.68			9.77			9.93
Cash dividends per common share		0.04			0.04			0.47
Stock price at end of period		11.17			15.15			11.01
Low closing price for the period		8.95			11.48			9.21
High closing price for the period		15.36			16.10			21.39
Total stockholders’ equity / assets		13.07	%		14.50	%		11.97	%
Tangible common equity / tangible assets(1)		8.84			8.12			5.79
Tangible stockholders’ equity / tangible assets(2)		9.14			10.59			8.12
Tier 1 common equity / risk-weighted assets(3)		12.24			12.26			7.85
Tier 1 leverage ratio		9.81			11.19			8.76
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio		14.08			17.58			12.52
Total risk-based capital ratio		15.53			19.05			14.24
Common shares outstanding (period end)		173,575			173,112			127,876
Basic common shares outstanding (average)		173,370			171,230			127,858
Diluted common shares outstanding (average)		173,372			171,230			127,858

(1) Tangible common equity to tangible assets = Common stockholders’ equity excluding goodwill and other intangible assets divided by assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. This is a non-GAAP financial measure.

72

(2) Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets = Total stockholders’ equity excluding goodwill and other intangible assets divided by assets excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. This is a non-GAAP financial measure.

(3) Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets = Tier 1 capital excluding qualifying perpetual preferred stock and qualifying trust preferred securities divided by risk-weighted assets. This is a non-GAAP financial measure.

Segment Review

As described in Part I, Item I, section “Services,” and in Note 19, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, the Corporation’s primary reportable segment is banking. Banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governmental units, and consumers and the support to deliver, fund, and manage such banking services. The Corporation’s wealth management segment provides products and a variety of fiduciary, investment management, advisory, and Corporate agency services to assist customers in building, investing, or protecting their wealth, including insurance, brokerage, and trust/asset management.

Note 19, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, indicates that the banking segment represents 90% of total revenues in 2011, as defined. The Corporation’s profitability is predominantly dependent on net interest income, noninterest income, the level of the provision for loan losses, noninterest expense, and taxes of its banking segment. The consolidated discussion, therefore, predominantly describes the banking segment results. The critical accounting policies primarily affect the banking segment, with the exception of goodwill impairment assessment and income tax accounting, which affects both the banking and wealth management segments (see section “Critical Accounting Policies”).

The contribution from the wealth management segment compared to consolidated total revenues (as defined and disclosed in Note 19, “Segment Reporting,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements) was 11%, 9%, and 10%, for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Wealth management segment revenues were up $5 million (5%) between 2011 and 2010, and up $2 million (2%) between 2010 and 2009. Wealth management segment expenses were up $14 million (17%) between 2011 and 2010, and up $1 million (1%) between 2010 and 2009. Wealth management segment assets (which consist predominantly of cash equivalents, investments, customer receivables, goodwill and intangibles) were up $9 million (7%) between year-end 2011 and 2010, and up $10 million (8%) between year-end 2010 and 2009. The $5 million increase in wealth management segment revenues between 2011 and 2010 was attributable principally to insurance commissions followed by trust and brokerage commissions, while the $2.2 million increase in wealth management segment revenues between 2010 and 2009 was attributable principally to higher trust service fees and brokerage commissions. The $9 million increase in wealth segment assets from 2009 to 2010 and 2010 to 2011 were comprised largely of higher levels of cash equivalents and investments. The major components of wealth management revenues are trust fees, insurance fees and commissions, and brokerage commissions, which are individually discussed in section “Noninterest Income.” The major expenses for the wealth management segment are personnel expense (between 62% and 64% of expense for 2011, 2010, and 2009), as well as occupancy, processing, and other costs, which are covered generally in the consolidated discussion in section “Noninterest Expense.” Personnel expense increased $7 million (13%) and corporate allocated expense increased $4 million (24%) comparing 2011 against 2010. See also Note 4, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure.

Fourth Quarter 2011 Results

The Corporation recorded net income of $41 million for the fourth quarter of 2011, compared to net income of $14 million for the fourth quarter of 2010. Net income available to common equity for the fourth quarter of 2011 was $40 million, or $0.23 for both basic and diluted earnings per common share. Comparatively, net income available to common equity was $7 million for the fourth quarter of 2010, or $0.04 for both basic and diluted earnings per common share. See Table 23 for selected quarterly information.

73

Taxable equivalent net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2011 was $157 million, modestly higher than the fourth quarter of 2010. Changes in the balance sheet volume and mix increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $4 million, while changes in the rate environment and product pricing lowered net interest income by $4 million. The Federal funds target interest rate was unchanged for both fourth quarter periods. The net interest margin between the comparable quarters was up 8 bp to 3.21% in the fourth quarter of 2011, comprised of a 12 bp higher interest rate spread (to 3.03%, as the yield on earning assets declined 8 bp and the rate on interest-bearing liabilities fell 20 bp) and a 4 bp lower contribution from net free funds (to 0.18%, as lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities decreased the value of noninterest-bearing funds).

Average earning assets were $19.5 billion for the fourth quarter of 2011, a decrease of $444 million from the fourth quarter of 2010, with average loans up $1.5 billion (predominantly in residential mortgage loans) and investments down $1.9 billion (consistent with the Corporation’s strategy of funding loan growth primarily through investment securities run-off). On the funding side, average interest-bearing deposits were down $1.9 billion (reflecting a targeted reduction of higher cost noncustomer network and brokered deposits), while average demand deposits increased $368 million. Average short and long-term funding balances increased $1.5 billion, comprised of a $1.3 billion increase in repurchase agreements, a $552 million increase in other short-term funding, and a $259 million decrease in long-term funding.

Credit metrics continued to improve during 2011 with nonaccrual loans declining to $357 million (2.54% of total loans) at December 31, 2011, compared to $574 million (4.55% of total loans) at December 31, 2010. Compared to the fourth quarter of 2010, potential problem loans were down 41% to $566 million. As a result of these improving credit metrics, the provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of 2011 declined to $1 million (or $22 million less than net charge offs), compared to $63 million (or $45 million less than net charge offs) in the fourth quarter of 2010. Annualized net charge offs represented 0.64% of average loans for the fourth quarter of 2011, compared to 3.41% for the fourth quarter of 2010. The allowance for loan losses to loans at December 31, 2011 was 2.70%, compared to 3.78% at December 31, 2010. See sections, “Loans,” “Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Nonaccrual Loans, Potential Problem Loans, and Other Real Estate Owned” for additional discussion.

Noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2011 decreased $11 million (13%) to $74 million versus the fourth quarter of 2010. Core fee-based revenues of $53 million were down $7 million (11%) versus the comparable quarter in 2010, primarily in card-based and other nondeposit fees due to the expected phased-in impact of the Durbin amendment of approximately $4 million. Net mortgage banking decreased $4 million from the fourth quarter of 2010, predominantly due to higher mortgage servicing rights expense. Investment securities losses were nominal for the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to investment securities losses of $2 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, primarily due to a decline in other-than-temporary impairment write-downs.

On a comparable quarter basis, noninterest expense increased $8 million (5%) to $175 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. Personnel expense increased $6 million (7%) from the fourth quarter of 2010, with salary-related expenses up $7 million (average full-time equivalent employees increased 4% between the comparable fourth quarter periods) while fringe benefit expenses were down $1 million. Losses other than loans increased $4 million (59%), primarily due to the increased litigation reserves on the settlement of a legal matter. FDIC expense decreased $5 million (45%) due to a change in the FDIC expense calculation (from a deposit based calculation to a net asset / risk-based assessment effective April 1, 2011). All remaining noninterest expense categories on a combined basis were up $3 million (4%).

For the fourth quarter of 2011, the Corporation recognized income tax expense of $9 million, compared to income tax benefit of $8 million for the fourth quarter of 2010. The change in income tax was primarily due to the level of pretax income between the comparable quarters, as well as a reversal of certain prior years’ tax reserves during the fourth quarter of 2011.

74

TABLE 23: Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following is selected financial data summarizing the results of operations for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	2011 Quarter Ended
	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31
	(In Thousands, except per share data)
Interest income	$	181,282		$	185,095		$	188,651		$	186,594
Interest expense		29,457			31,935			34,528			32,871
Net interest income		151,825			153,160			154,123			153,723
Provision for loan losses		1,000			4,000			16,000			31,000
Investment securities losses, net		(310	)		(744	)		(36	)		(22	)
Income before income taxes		50,030			58,676			43,992			30,729
Net income available to common equity		39,825			34,034			25,570			15,440
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.23		$	0.20		$	0.15		$	0.09
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.23		$	0.20		$	0.15		$	0.09
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		173,523			173,418			173,323			173,213
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		173,523			173,418			173,327			173,217
	2010 Quarter Ended
	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31
	(In Thousands, except per share data)
Interest income	$	189,092		$	196,216		$	204,878		$	215,940
Interest expense		38,232			42,312			45,085			46,718
Net interest income		150,860			153,904			159,793			169,222
Provision for loan losses		63,000			64,000			97,665			165,345
Investment securities gains (losses), net		(1,883	)		3,365			(146	)		23,581
Income (loss) before income taxes		5,714			15,221			(12,019	)		(49,944	)
Net income (loss) available to common equity		6,608			6,915			(10,156	)		(33,754	)
Basic earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.04		$	0.04		$	(0.06	)	$	(0.20	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.04		$	0.04		$	(0.06	)	$	(0.20	)
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		173,068			172,989			172,921			165,842
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		173,072			172,990			172,921			165,842

2010 Compared to 2009

The Corporation recorded a net loss of $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a net loss of $132 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net loss available to common equity was $30 million for 2010, or a net loss of $0.18 for both basic and diluted earnings per common share. For 2009, net loss available to common equity was $161 million, or $1.26 for both basic and diluted earnings per common share. Earnings for 2010 were primarily impacted by the reduced provision for loan losses (resulting from nonaccrual loan sales during 2010 and a reduction in potential problem loans). Cash dividends of $0.04 per common share were paid in 2010, compared to cash dividends of $0.47 per common share paid in 2009. Key factors behind these results are discussed below.

During 2010, the Corporation took action to significantly improve its credit metrics and address the challenges experienced during 2009. Nonaccrual loans were $574 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $503 million (47%) from December 31, 2009. Through a combination of loan sales and discounted payoffs (resolutions), the Corporation reduced nonaccrual loans with a net book value totaling $597 million during 2010. At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 3.78%, covering 83% of nonaccrual loans, compared

75

to 4.06% at December 31, 2009, covering 53% of nonaccrual loans. The provision for loan losses was $390 million for 2010, with net charge offs to average loans of 3.69% (compared to a provision for loan losses of $751 million and a net charge off ratio of 2.84% for 2009).

Taxable equivalent net interest income was $657 million for 2010, $93 million or 12% lower than 2009. Taxable equivalent interest income decreased $176 million, while interest expense decreased $83 million. The decrease in taxable equivalent net interest income was a function of unfavorable volume/mix variances (decreasing taxable equivalent net interest income by $75 million), combined with unfavorable rate variances (decreasing taxable equivalent net interest income by $18 million).

The net interest margin for 2010 was 3.20%, 32 bp lower than 3.52% in 2009. The reduction in net interest margin was attributable to a 30 bp decrease in interest rate spread (the net of a 69 bp decrease in the yield on earning assets and a 39 bp decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities) and a 2 bp lower contribution from net free funds (primarily attributable to lower rates on interest-bearing liabilities reducing the value of noninterest-bearing deposits and other net free funds).

Average earning assets of $20.6 billion in 2010 were $769 million (4%) lower than 2009. Average investments grew $1.6 billion, reflecting the Corporation’s increased liquidity position. Average loans decreased $2.4 billion (15%), including a $1.9 billion decrease in commercial loans, a $311 million decrease in residential mortgage loans, and a $215 million decrease in retail loans. Average interest-bearing liabilities of $16.3 billion in 2010 were down $1.4 billion (8%) versus 2009. On average, interest-bearing deposits grew $777 million and average noninterest-bearing demand deposits (a principal component of net free funds) increased by $210 million. Average short and long-term funding decreased $2.1 billion, the net of a $2.0 billion decrease in short-term funding and a $104 million decrease in long-term funding.

At December 31, 2010, total loans were $12.6 billion, down 11% from year-end 2009, primarily in construction loans (consistent with the Corporation’s strategy of rebalancing the loan portfolio). Total deposits at December 31, 2010, were $15.2 billion, down 9% from year-end 2009, consistent with the Corporation’s strategy for reducing its utilization of network transaction deposits and brokered deposits.

Noninterest income was $346 million for 2010, $5 million or 2% lower than 2009. Core fee-based revenues totaled $255 million for 2010, down $14 million or 5% from $269 million for 2009. Net mortgage banking income was $33 million for 2010, a decrease of $8 million from 2009, primarily attributable to lower gains on sales of mortgage loans related to the lower secondary mortgage production experienced during 2010. Asset and investment securities gains, net combined were $23 million for 2010 (predominantly from gains on sales of mortgage-related securities), compared to combined asset and investment securities gains of $5 million for 2009 (predominantly from gains on sales of mortgage-related securities, partially offset by higher losses on sales of other real estate owned). Collectively, all remaining noninterest income categories were $37 million, relatively unchanged compared to 2009.

Noninterest expense for 2010 was $630 million, an increase of $19 million or 3% over 2009. Personnel expense increased $19 million and FDIC expense increased $4 million, while foreclosure / OREO expenses decreased $4 million, and collectively all remaining noninterest expense categories were relatively unchanged compared to 2009. The efficiency ratio (as defined under Part II, Item 6, “Selected Financial Data”) was 64.32% for 2010 and 55.73% for 2009.

Income tax benefit for 2010 was $40 million, compared to income tax benefit of $153 million for 2009. The change in income tax was primarily due to the decrease in pretax loss between the years.

Recent Developments

On February 27, 2012, the Corporation announced that it had been advised by the Reserve Bank that it has complied fully with the terms of the Memorandum. As a result, the Memorandum is expected to be terminated in March 2012. The Corporation also announced that the Bank has recently agreed to enter into a Consent Order

76

with the OCC regarding its BSA compliance. The Consent Order will require the Bank to create a BSA-focused action plan, supplement existing customer due diligence policies and procedures, perform a BSA risk assessment and complete independent testing. The Bank has not been informed that this action includes the assessment of a civil money penalty. The Bank has been working cooperatively with the OCC to address the OCC’s BSA concerns. The costs related to such orders cannot be determined but their effects are not likely to have a material impact on either the Parent Company or the Bank.

On February 15, 2012, the Board of Directors declared a $0.05 per common share dividend payable on March 15, 2012, to shareholders of record as of March 1, 2012. This cash dividend has not been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

On January 23, 2012, the Compensation and Benefits Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of Associated Banc-Corp approved the performance criteria for its short-term cash incentive plan (the “2012 Management Incentive Plan”) and its long-term incentive performance plan (the “2012 Long Term Incentive Performance Plan”). The approvals were the latest step in the Corporation’s transition toward a performance-based short-term and long-term incentive compensation program following the full repayment of the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s investment in the Corporation under the CPP. The Committee intended to further align incentive compensation criteria to the Corporation’s bottom line financial results, on which it believes shareholders measure their investments in the Corporation.

On January 11, 2012, the Corporation filed a shelf registration statement, under which the Parent Company may offer any combination of the following securities, either separately or in units: debt securities, preferred stock, depositary shares, common stock, and warrants.

Critical Accounting Policies

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill impairment assessment, mortgage servicing rights valuation, derivative financial instruments and hedging activities, and income taxes.

The consolidated financial statements of the Corporation are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. This preparation requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions, and judgments reflected in the financial statements. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Management believes the following policies are both important to the portrayal of the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments and, therefore, management considers the following to be critical accounting policies. The critical accounting policies are discussed directly with the Audit Committee of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

Allowance for Loan Losses:  Management’s evaluation process used to determine the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses is subject to the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments. The evaluation process combines many factors: management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical loan loss and delinquency experience, trends in past due and nonaccrual loans, risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could

77

affect probable credit losses. Because current economic conditions can change and future events are inherently difficult to predict, the anticipated amount of estimated loan losses, and therefore the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, could change significantly. As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance for loan losses or may require that certain loan balances be charged off or downgraded into criticized loan categories when their credit evaluations differ from those of management, based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. The Corporation believes the level of the allowance for loan losses is appropriate as recorded in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” Note 3, “Loans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and also section “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Goodwill Impairment Assessment:  Goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis. In addition, goodwill is tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The impairment testing process is conducted by assigning net assets and goodwill to each reporting unit. The fair value of each reporting unit is compared to the recorded book value, “step one”. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and “step two” is not considered necessary. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the impairment test continues (“step two”) by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value is computed by adjusting all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to current fair value with the offset adjustment to goodwill. The adjusted goodwill balance is the implied fair value of the goodwill. An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying fair value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill.

The Corporation conducted its annual impairment testing in May 2011. In addition, management assessed and determined during the fourth quarter of 2011 that an extended decline in the Corporation’s stock price qualified as a triggering event and as such, performed an interim impairment test. Both the annual impairment test and the interim impairment test during 2011 indicated that the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value (including goodwill) for both the banking and wealth segments. Therefore, a step two analysis was not required for these reporting units and no impairment charge was calculated. For 2010 and 2009, the annual review of goodwill indicated that the carrying value of the banking segment exceeded its estimated fair value. Therefore, a step two analysis was performed for this segment, which indicated that the implied fair value of the goodwill of the banking segment exceeded the carrying value of the banking segment and no impairment charge was calculated or recorded. There were no impairment charges recorded in 2011, 2010, or 2009, respectively.

The Corporation engaged an independent valuation firm to assist in the computation of the fair value estimates of each reporting unit as part of its impairment assessment. The valuation utilized market and income approach methodologies and applied a weighted average to each in order to determine the fair value of each reporting unit. Goodwill impairment testing is considered a “critical accounting estimate” as estimates and assumptions are made about future performance and cash flows, as well as other prevailing market factors. In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our goodwill may be impaired, a noncash charge for the amount of such impairment would be recorded in earnings. Such a charge would have no impact on tangible capital. A decline in our stock price or occurrence of a triggering event following any of our quarterly earnings releases and prior to the filing of the periodic report for that period could, under certain circumstances, cause us to re-perform a goodwill impairment test and result in an impairment charge being recorded for that period which was not reflected in such earnings release.

In connection with obtaining an independent third party valuation, management provides certain information and assumptions that is utilized in the implied fair value calculation. Assumptions critical to the process include discount rates, asset and liability growth rates, and other income and expense estimates. The Corporation provided the best information currently available to estimate future performance for each reporting unit; however, future adjustments to these projections may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions utilized in making these assumptions. See also, Note 4 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

78

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had goodwill of $929 million, representing approximately 32% of stockholders’ equity, of which $907 million was assigned to the banking segment and $22 million was assigned to the wealth management segment.

Mortgage Servicing Rights Valuation:  The fair value of the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights asset is important to the presentation of the consolidated financial statements since the mortgage servicing rights are carried on the consolidated balance sheet at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value. Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active open market with readily observable prices. As such, like other participants in the mortgage banking business, the Corporation relies on an independent valuation from a third party which uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights. The use of a discounted cash flow model involves judgment, particularly of estimated prepayment speeds of underlying mortgages serviced and the overall level of interest rates. Loan type and note interest rate are the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans used to stratify capitalized mortgage servicing rights for purposes of measuring impairment. The Corporation periodically reviews the assumptions underlying the valuation of mortgage servicing rights. While the Corporation believes that the values produced by the discounted cash flow model are indicative of the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights portfolio, these values can change significantly depending upon key factors, such as the then current interest rate environment, estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgages serviced, and other economic conditions. The proceeds that might be received should the Corporation actually consider a sale of some or all of the mortgage servicing rights portfolio could differ from the amounts reported at any point in time.

Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value and are assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Impairment is assessed based on the fair value at each reporting date using estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgage loans serviced and stratifications based on the risk characteristics of the underlying loans (predominantly loan type and note interest rate). As mortgage interest rates fall, prepayment speeds are usually faster and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally decreases, requiring additional valuation reserve. Conversely, as mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. However, the extent to which interest rates impact the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset depends, in part, on the magnitude of the changes in market interest rates and the differential between the then current market interest rates for mortgage loans and the mortgage interest rates included in the mortgage servicing portfolio. Management recognizes that the volatility in the valuation of the mortgage servicing rights asset will continue. To better understand the sensitivity of the impact of prepayment speeds and refinance rates on the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset at December 31, 2011, (holding all other factors unchanged), if refinance rates were to decrease 50 bp, the estimated value of the mortgage servicing rights asset would have been approximately $6 million (or 12%) lower. Conversely, if refinance rates were to increase 50 bp, the estimated value of the mortgage servicing rights asset would have been approximately $8 million (or 17%) higher. The Corporation believes the mortgage servicing rights asset is properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 4, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Noninterest Income.”

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities:  In various aspects of its business, the Corporation uses derivative financial instruments to modify exposures to changes in interest rates and market prices for other financial instruments. Derivative instruments are required to be carried at fair value on the balance sheet with changes in the fair value recorded directly in earnings. To qualify for and maintain hedge accounting, the Corporation must meet formal documentation and effectiveness evaluation requirements both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis. The application of the hedge accounting policy requires strict adherence to documentation and effectiveness testing requirements, judgment in the assessment of hedge effectiveness, identification of similar hedged item groupings, and measurement of changes in the fair value of hedged items. If in the future derivative financial instruments used by the Corporation no longer qualify for hedge accounting, the impact on the consolidated results of operations and reported earnings could be significant. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the Corporation would continue to carry the derivative on the balance sheet at its fair

79

value; however, for a cash flow derivative, changes in its fair value would be recorded in earnings instead of through other comprehensive income, and for a fair value derivative, the changes in fair value of the hedged asset or liability would no longer be recorded through earnings. See also Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” Note 14, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” and Note 16 “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Interest Rate Risk.”

Income Taxes:  The assessment of tax assets and liabilities involves the use of estimates, assumptions, interpretations, and judgment concerning certain accounting pronouncements and federal and state tax codes. There can be no assurance that future events, such as court decisions or positions of federal and state taxing authorities, will not differ from management’s current assessment, the impact of which could be significant to the consolidated results of operations and reported earnings. Quarterly assessments are performed to determine if valuation allowances are necessary. Assessing the need for, or sufficiency of, a valuation allowance requires management to evaluate all available evidence, both positive and negative, including the recent trend of quarterly earnings. Positive evidence necessary to overcome the negative evidence includes whether future taxable income in sufficient amounts and character within the carryback and carryforward periods is available under the tax law, including the use of tax planning strategies. When negative evidence (e.g., cumulative losses in recent years, history of operating loss or tax credit carryforwards expiring unused) exists, more positive evidence than negative evidence will be necessary. As a result of the pre-tax losses incurred during 2009 and 2010, the Corporation is in a cumulative pre-tax loss position for financial statement purposes. This represents significant negative evidence in the assessment of whether the deferred tax assets will be realized. However, the Corporation has concluded that based on the level of positive evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized. In making this determination, the Corporation has considered the positive evidence associated with future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and reversing taxable temporary differences in future periods. Most significantly, the Corporation relied upon its ability to generate future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences, over a relatively short time period. However, there is no guarantee that the tax benefits associated with the deferred tax assets will be fully realized. The Corporation believes the tax assets and liabilities are properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 12, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements and section “Income Taxes.”

Future Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting policies adopted by the Corporation during 2011 are discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements. The expected impact of accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted are discussed below. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable sections of this financial review and the notes to consolidated financial statements.

In December 2011, the FASB issued amendments to require an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. This information will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with retrospective application to the disclosures of all comparative periods presented. The Corporation will adopt the accounting standard during 2013, as required, and is currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.

In September 2011, the FASB issued amendments intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. The amendments permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Under the guidance, an entity is not

80

required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying value. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. The amendments require that all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with retrospective application. The Corporation will adopt the accounting standard during 2012, as required, with no expected material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. Subsequently, in December 2011, the FASB decided that the requirement to present items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income alongside their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income will be deferred. Therefore, those requirements will not be effective for public entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011.

In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance on measuring fair value to create common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments also clarify the Board’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Corporation will adopt the accounting standard during 2012, as required, and is currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.

In April 2011, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies the definition of effective control for determining whether a repurchase agreement is accounted for as a sale or secured borrowing. The amendments in the guidance remove from the assessment of effective control both the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed upon terms and the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control are not changed by the amendments in the update. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The Corporation will adopt the accounting standard during 2012, as required, and is currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Information required by this item is set forth in Item 7 under the captions “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” and “Interest Rate Risk.”

81

ITEM 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2011			2010
	(In Thousands, except share and per share data)
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	454,958		$	319,487
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions		154,562			546,125
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell		7,075			2,550
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value		4,937,483			6,101,341
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stocks, at cost		191,188			190,968
Loans held for sale		249,195			144,808
Loans		14,031,071			12,616,735
Allowance for loan losses		(378,151	)		(476,813	)
Loans, net		13,652,920			12,139,922
Premises and equipment, net		223,736			190,533
Goodwill		929,168			929,168
Other intangible assets, net		67,574			88,044
Other assets		1,056,358			1,132,650
Total assets	$	21,924,217		$	21,785,596
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	3,928,792		$	3,684,965
Interest-bearing deposits, excluding Brokered certificates of deposit		10,958,915			11,097,788
Brokered certificates of deposit		202,948			442,640
Total deposits		15,090,655			15,225,393
Short-term funding		2,514,485			1,747,382
Long-term funding		1,177,071			1,413,605
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		276,212			240,425
Total liabilities		19,058,423			18,626,805
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred equity		63,272			514,388
Common stock		1,746			1,739
Surplus		1,586,401			1,573,372
Retained earnings		1,148,773			1,041,666
Accumulated other comprehensive income		65,602			27,626
Total stockholders’ equity		2,865,794			3,158,791
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	21,924,217		$	21,785,596
Preferred shares issued		65,000			525,000
Preferred shares authorized (par value $1.00 per share)		750,000			750,000
Common shares issued		174,591,841			173,887,504
Common shares authorized (par value $0.01 per share)		250,000,000			250,000,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

82

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In Thousands, except per share data)
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans	$	582,739		$	608,487		$	752,265
Interest and dividends on investment securities
Taxable		123,371			155,031			189,157
Tax exempt		29,937			33,915			35,799
Other interest		5,575			8,693			4,035
Total interest income		741,622			806,126			981,256
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest on deposits		65,748			106,023			160,874
Interest on short-term funding		12,411			7,983			16,199
Interest on long-term funding		50,632			58,341			78,178
Total interest expense		128,791			172,347			255,251
NET INTEREST INCOME		612,831			633,779			726,005
Provision for loan losses		52,000			390,010			750,645
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses		560,831			243,769			(24,640	)
NONINTEREST INCOME
Trust service fees		39,145			37,853			36,009
Service charges on deposit accounts		75,908			96,740			116,918
Card-based and other nondeposit fees		57,905			59,299			55,077
Retail commission income		62,784			61,256			60,678
Mortgage banking, net		12,723			33,136			40,882
Capital market fees, net		8,711			6,072			5,536
Bank owned life insurance income		14,896			15,761			16,032
Asset sale losses, net		(2,849	)		(2,004	)		(4,071	)
Investment securities gains (losses), net:
Realized gains (losses), net		(228	)		28,854			11,705
Other-than-temporary impairments		(2,417	)		(6,058	)		(4,406	)
Less: Non-credit portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)		1,533			2,121			1,475
Total investment securities gains (losses), net		(1,112	)		24,917			8,774
Other		14,358			12,493			15,126
Total noninterest income		282,469			345,523			350,961
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Personnel expense		358,295			323,249			304,390
Occupancy		55,939			49,937			49,341
Equipment		19,873			18,371			18,385
Data processing		32,475			29,714			30,893
Business development and advertising		23,038			18,385			18,033
Other intangible asset amortization expense		4,714			4,919			5,543
Loan expense		12,008			9,965			10,186
Legal and professional fees		18,205			20,439			19,562
Losses other than loans		17,921			14,793			16,954
Foreclosure/OREO expense		30,743			33,844			38,129
FDIC expense		28,484			46,377			41,934
Other		58,178			60,327			58,070
Total noninterest expense		659,873			630,320			611,420
Income (loss) before income taxes		183,427			(41,028	)		(285,099	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		43,728			(40,172	)		(153,240	)
Net income (loss)		139,699			(856	)		(131,859	)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		24,830			29,531			29,348
Net income (loss) available to common equity	$	114,869		$	(30,387	)	$	(161,207	)
Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.66		$	(0.18	)	$	(1.26	)
Diluted	$	0.66		$	(0.18	)	$	(1.26	)
Average common shares outstanding:
Basic		173,370			171,230			127,858
Diluted		173,372			171,230			127,858

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

83

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

																	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
	Preferred Equity						Common Stock							Retained Earnings						Treasury Stock
	Shares			Amount			Shares		Amount		Surplus												Total
	(In Thousands, except per share data)
Balance, December 31, 2008		525		$	508,008			128,116	$	1,281	$	1,073,218		$	1,293,941		$	55		$	—		$	2,876,503
April 1, 2009, adjustment for adoption of accounting standard related to other-than-temporary impairment		—			—			—		—		—			9,745			(9,745	)		—			—
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss		—			—			—		—		—			(131,859	)		—			—			(131,859	)
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—		—		—			—			73,122			—			73,122
Comprehensive loss																								(58,737	)
Common stock issued:
Stock-based compensation plans, net		—			—			312		3		1,157			(972	)		—			(107	)		81
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—			—		—		—			—			—			(599	)		(599	)
Cash dividends:
Common stock, $0.47 per share		—			—			—		—		—			(60,350	)		—			—			(60,350	)
Preferred stock		—			—			—		—		—			(26,250	)		—			—			(26,250	)
Accretion of preferred stock discount		—			3,099			—		—		—			(3,099	)		—			—			—
Stock-based compensation expense, net		—			—			—		—		7,959			—			—			—			7,959
Tax impact of stock-based compensation		—			—			—		—		1			—			—			—			1
Balance, December 31, 2009		525		$	511,107			128,428	$	1,284	$	1,082,335		$	1,081,156		$	63,432		$	(706	)	$	2,738,608
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss		—			—			—		—		—			(856	)		—			—			(856	)
Other comprehensive loss		—			—			—		—		—			—			(35,806	)		—			(35,806	)
Comprehensive loss																								(36,662	)
Common stock issued:
Issuance of common stock		—			—			44,843		448		477,910			—			—			—			478,358
Stock-based compensation plans, net		—			—			616		7		4,080			(2,155	)		—			1,536			3,468
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—			—		—		—			—			—			(830	)		(830	)
Cash dividends:																								—
Common stock, $0.04 per share		—			—			—		—		—			(6,948	)		—			—			(6,948	)
Preferred stock		—			—			—		—		—			(26,250	)		—			—			(26,250	)
Accretion of preferred stock discount		—			3,281			—		—		—			(3,281	)		—			—			—
Stock-based compensation expense, net		—			—			—		—		9,036			—			—			—			9,036
Tax impact of stock-based compensation		—			—			—		—		11			—			—			—			11
Balance, December 31, 2010		525		$	514,388			173,887	$	1,739	$	1,573,372		$	1,041,666		$	27,626		$	—		$	3,158,791
Comprehensive income:
Net income		—			—			—		—		—			139,699			—			—			139,699
Other comprehensive income		—			—			—		—		—			—			37,976			—			37,976
Comprehensive income																								177,675
Common stock issued:
Stock-based compensation plans, net		—			—			704		7		4,350			(785	)		—			659			4,231
Purchase of treasury stock		—			—			—		—		—			—			—			(659	)		(659	)
Cash dividends:
Common stock, $0.04 per share		—			—			—		—		—			(6,977	)		—			—			(6,977	)
Preferred stock		—			—			—		—		—			(14,218	)		—			—			(14,218	)
Issuance of preferred stock		65			63,272			—		—		—						—			—			63,272
Redemption of preferred stock		(525	)		(525,000	)		—		—		—			—			—			—			(525,000	)
Accretion of preferred stock discount		—			10,612			—		—		—			(10,612	)		—			—			—
Stock-based compensation expense, net		—			—			—		—		11,024			—			—			—			11,024
Tax impact of stock-based compensation		—			—			—		—		(2,345	)		—			—			—			(2,345	)
Balance, December 31, 2011		65		$	63,272			174,591	$	1,746	$	1,586,401		$	1,148,773		$	65,602		$	—		$	2,865,794

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

84

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	139,699		$	(856	)	$	(131,859	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses		52,000			390,010			750,645
Depreciation and amortization		33,628			30,108			30,623
Addition to valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights, net		7,403			3,067			6,776
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights		25,830			22,942			19,619
Amortization of other intangible assets		4,714			4,919			5,543
Amortization and accretion on earning assets, funding, and other, net		65,670			62,714			56,734
Deferred income taxes		34,742			50,808			(134,827	)
Tax impact of stock-based compensation		(2,345	)		11			1
(Gain) loss on sales of investment securities, net, and impairment write-downs		1,112			(24,917	)		(8,774	)
Loss on sales of assets, net		2,849			2,004			4,071
Gain on mortgage banking activities, net		(31,628	)		(34,967	)		(45,926	)
Mortgage loans originated and acquired for sale		(1,855,037	)		(2,314,557	)		(3,724,441	)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale		1,764,801			2,259,789			3,731,633
Decrease in interest receivable		5,062			13,466			10,887
Decrease in interest payable		(1,232	)		(4,051	)		(10,734	)
Net change in other assets and other liabilities		62,519			48,932			(438,128	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		309,787			509,422			121,843
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net (increase) decrease in loans		(1,754,499	)		616,608			1,612,146
Purchases of:
Investment securities		(777,309	)		(3,369,225	)		(3,684,541	)
Premises, equipment, and software, net of disposals		(76,648	)		(34,595	)		(22,794	)
Other assets		(3,061	)		(15,516	)		(6,273	)
Proceeds from:
Sales of investment securities		176,267			971,662			690,762
Calls and maturities of investment securities		1,776,245			2,027,847			2,380,569
Sales of other assets		50,417			67,400			56,314
Sales of loans originated for investment		136,051			352,589			—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(472,537	)		616,770			1,026,183
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in deposits		(134,738	)		(1,503,220	)		1,573,817
Net increase (decrease) in short-term funding		767,103			520,529			(2,477,083	)
Repayment of long-term funding		(670,104	)		(940,361	)		(707,597	)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term funding		432,504			400,000			800,000
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—			478,358			—
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		63,272			—			—
Redemption of preferred stock		(525,000	)		—			—
Cash dividends on common stock		(6,977	)		(6,948	)		(60,350	)
Cash dividends on preferred stock		(14,218	)		(26,250	)		(26,250	)
Purchase of common stock		(659	)		(830	)		(599	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(88,817	)		(1,078,722	)		(898,062	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(251,567	)		47,470			249,964
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		868,162			820,692			570,728
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	616,595		$	868,162		$	820,692
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	129,720		$	175,776		$	265,501
Cash (received) paid for income taxes		(10,839	)		(93,723	)		46,213
Loans and bank premises transferred to other real estate owned		48,752			49,427			73,754
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights		17,476			26,165			44,580

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

85

ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

NOTE 1    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to general practice within the financial services industry. The following is a description of the more significant of those policies.

Business

Associated Banc-Corp (individually referred to herein as the “Parent Company” and together with all of its subsidiaries and affiliates, collectively referred to herein as the “Corporation”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Wisconsin. The Corporation provides a full range of banking and related financial services to individual and corporate customers through its network of bank and nonbank subsidiaries. The Corporation is subject to competition from other financial and non-financial institutions that offer similar or competing products and services. The Corporation is regulated by federal and state agencies and is subject to periodic examinations by those agencies.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Investments in unconsolidated entities (none of which are considered to be variable interest entities in which the Corporation is the primary beneficiary) are accounted for using the equity method of accounting when the Corporation has determined that the equity method is appropriate. Investments not meeting the criteria for equity method accounting are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. Investments in unconsolidated entities are included in other assets, and the Corporation’s share of income or loss is recorded in other noninterest income.

All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements of prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s presentation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill impairment assessment, mortgage servicing rights valuation, derivative financial instruments and hedging activities, and income taxes. Management has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition or disclosure.

Investment Securities Available for Sale

At the time of purchase, investment securities are classified as available for sale, as management has the intent and ability to hold such securities for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell investment securities available for sale would be based on various factors, including, but not limited to, asset/liability management strategies, changes in interest rates or prepayment risks, liquidity needs, or regulatory capital considerations. Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income over the

86

estimated life (earlier of call date, maturity, or estimated life) of the related security, using a prospective method that approximates level yield. Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment, management considers the length of time and extent to which the security has been in an unrealized loss position, changes in security ratings, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, as well as security and industry specific economic conditions. In addition, the Corporation considers the intent and ability to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Declines in the fair value of debt securities below amortized cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Corporation has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Corporation does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If an entity does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. Realized securities gains or losses on securities sales (using specific identification method) and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in investment securities gains (losses), net, in the consolidated statements of income (loss). See Note 2 for additional information on investment securities.

Loans

Loans are classified as held for investment when management has both the intent and ability to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff. Loans are carried at the principal amount outstanding, net of any unearned income and unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized into net interest income over the contractual life of the related loans or over the commitment period as an adjustment of yield.

Management considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the note agreement, including both principal and interest. Management has determined that commercial and consumer loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured in a troubled debt restructuring meet this impaired loan definition.

Interest income on loans is based on the principal balance outstanding computed using the effective interest method. The accrual of interest income for commercial loans is discontinued when there is a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet payments as they become due, while the accrual of interest income for retail loans is discontinued when loans reach specific delinquency levels. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectability of principal or interest on loans, it is management’s practice to place such loans on a nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed, amortization of related deferred loan fees or costs is suspended, and income is recorded only to the extent that interest payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal and interest of the loan is collectible. If collectability of the principal and interest is in doubt, payments received are applied to loan principal.

While an asset is in nonaccrual status, some or all of the cash interest payments received may be treated as interest income on a cash basis as long as the remaining recorded investment in the asset (i.e., after charge off of identified losses, if any) is deemed to be fully collectible. The determination as to the ultimate collectability of the asset’s remaining recorded investment must be supported by a current, well documented credit evaluation of

87

the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment, including consideration of the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance and other relevant factors. A nonaccrual loan is returned to accrual status when all delinquent principal and interest payments become current in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement, the borrower has demonstrated a period of sustained performance and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. A sustained period of repayment performance generally would be a minimum of six months.

Loans are considered restructured loans if concessions have been granted to borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty. The concessions granted generally involve the modification of terms of the loan, such as changes in payment schedule or interest rate, which generally would not otherwise be considered. Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. Nonaccrual restructured loans are included and treated with all other nonaccrual loans. In addition, all accruing restructured loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings which are considered and accounted for as impaired loans. Generally, restructured loans remain on nonaccrual until the customer has attained a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified loan terms (generally a minimum of six months). However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and whether the loan should be returned to or maintained on accrual status. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains on nonaccrual. See Allowance for Loan Losses below for further policy discussion and see Note 3 for additional information on loans.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale, which consist generally of current production of certain fixed-rate, first-lien residential mortgage loans, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value as determined on an aggregate basis. The amount by which cost exceeds estimated fair value is accounted for as a market valuation adjustment to the carrying value of the loans. Changes, if any, in the market valuation adjustment are included in mortgage banking, net, in the consolidated statements of income (loss). At December 31, 2011, there was no market valuation adjustment to loans held for sale, while at December 31, 2010, the carrying value of loans held for sale included a market valuation adjustment of $2 million. Holding costs are treated as period costs.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve for estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, and is based on quarterly evaluations of the collectability and historical loss experience of loans. Actual credit losses, net of recoveries, are deducted from the allowance for loan losses. A provision for loan losses, which is a charge against earnings, is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio.

The allocation methodology applied by the Corporation, designed to assess the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, includes an allocation methodology, as well as management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio into criticized loan categories (defined as specific loans warranting either specific allocation, or a criticized status of special mention, substandard, doubtful, or loss). The allocation methodology focuses on evaluation of several factors, including but not limited to: evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of historical loan loss and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonaccrual loans, the level of potential problem loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Because each of the criteria used is subject to change, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses

88

is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular loan category. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio.

Management, judging current information and events regarding the borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations, considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including both principal and interest. Management has determined that commercial and consumer loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured in a troubled debt restructuring meet this impaired loan definition. When an individual loan is determined to be impaired, the allowance for loan losses attributable to the loan is allocated based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flows, as well as evaluation of legal options available to the Corporation. The amount of impairment is measured based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the fair value of the underlying collateral less applicable selling costs, or the observable market price of the loan. If foreclosure is probable or the loan is collateral dependent, impairment is measured using the fair value of the loan’s collateral, less costs to sell. Large groups of homogeneous loans, such as residential mortgage, home equity and installment loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment. Interest income on impaired loans is recorded only to the extent that interest payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal and interest of the loan is collectible.

Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is appropriate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future changes to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance for loan losses or may require that certain loan balances be charged off or downgraded into criticized loan categories when their credit evaluations differ from those of management based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations. See Loans above for further policy discussion and see Note 3 for additional information on the allowance for loan losses.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and is comprised of property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, and loans classified as in-substance foreclosure. Other real estate owned is recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan at the time of acquisition or the fair value of the underlying property collateral, less estimated selling costs. Any write-down in the carrying value of a property at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Any subsequent write-downs to reflect current fair value, as well as gains and losses on disposition and revenues and expenses incurred in maintaining such properties, are treated as period costs. Other real estate owned also includes bank premises formerly but no longer used for banking. Banking premises are transferred at the lower of carrying value or estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs and any write-down is treated as a period cost. Other real estate owned totaled $42 million and $44 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

A reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities (including unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit) and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The determination of the appropriate level of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of historical commitment utilization experience and credit risk grading of the loan. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

89

Premises and Equipment and Software

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while additions or major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives of the assets range predominantly as follows: 3 to 15 years for land improvements, 5 to 39 years for buildings, 3 to 5 years for computers, and 3 to 15 years for furniture, fixtures, and other equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Software, included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the contract terms or the estimated useful life of the software. See Note 5 for additional information on premises and equipment.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists primarily of goodwill, core deposit intangibles, and other identifiable intangibles (primarily related to customer relationships acquired). Core deposit intangibles have estimated finite lives and are amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over a 10-year period. The other intangibles have estimated finite lives and are amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over their weighted average life (a weighted average life of 14 years for both 2011 and 2010). The Corporation reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, in which case an impairment charge would be recorded.

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or earlier whenever an event occurs indicating that goodwill may be impaired. Any impairment of goodwill or other intangibles will be recognized as an expense in the period of impairment and such impairment could be material. The Corporation completes the annual goodwill impairment test by segment as of May 1 of each year. Note 4 includes a summary of the Corporation’s goodwill, core deposit intangibles, and other intangibles.

Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Corporation sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing rights asset is capitalized, which represents the then current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights, when purchased, are initially recorded at fair value. As the Corporation has not elected to subsequently measure any class of servicing assets under the fair value measurement method, the Corporation follows the amortization method. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of the initial capitalized amount, net of accumulated amortization, or estimated fair value, and are included in other intangible assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Corporation periodically evaluates its mortgage servicing rights asset for impairment. Impairment is assessed based on fair value at each reporting date using estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgage loans serviced and stratifications based on the risk characteristics of the underlying loans (predominantly loan type and note interest rate). As mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. A valuation allowance is established, through a charge to earnings, to the extent the amortized cost of the mortgage servicing rights exceeds the estimated fair value by stratification. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a stratification, the valuation is reduced through a recovery to earnings. An other-than-temporary impairment (i.e., recoverability is considered remote when considering interest rates and loan pay off activity) is recognized as a write-down of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the related valuation allowance (to the extent a valuation allowance is available) and then against earnings. A direct write-down

90

permanently reduces the carrying value of the mortgage servicing rights asset and valuation allowance, precluding subsequent recoveries. See Note 4 for additional information on mortgage servicing rights.

Income Taxes

Amounts provided for income tax expense are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable under tax laws. Deferred income taxes, which arise principally from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, are included in the amounts provided for income taxes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and tax planning strategies which will create taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and, if necessary, tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Corporation files a consolidated federal income tax return and individual or consolidated state income tax returns. Accordingly, amounts equal to tax benefits of those subsidiaries having taxable federal losses or credits are offset by other subsidiaries that incur federal tax liabilities.

It is the Corporation’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions as a part of income tax expense and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation believes it has appropriately accounted for any unrecognized tax benefits. To the extent the Corporation prevails in matters for which a liability for an unrecognized tax benefit is established or is required to pay amounts in excess of the liability, the Corporation’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be effected. See Note 12 for additional information on income taxes.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in the fair value recorded to earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income, as appropriate. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Corporation designates the derivative as a fair value hedge (i.e., a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability), a cash flow hedge (i.e., a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability), or a free-standing derivative instrument. For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability are recognized in current period earnings as an increase or decrease to the carrying value of the hedged item on the balance sheet and in the related income statement account. For a derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recorded in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument are recognized in current period earnings as an adjustment to the related income statement account. Amounts within accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings in the period the hedged item affects earnings. If a derivative is designated as a free-standing derivative instrument, changes in fair value are reported in current period earnings.

To qualify for and maintain hedge accounting, the Corporation must meet formal documentation and effectiveness evaluation requirements both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis. The application of the hedge accounting policy requires strict adherence to documentation and effectiveness testing requirements, judgment in the assessment of hedge effectiveness, identification of similar hedged item groupings, and measurement of changes in the fair value of hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Corporation discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. When hedge accounting is discontinued on a fair value hedge because it is determined

91

that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the Corporation continues to carry the derivative on the consolidated balance sheet at its fair value and no longer adjusts the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value. The adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item, beginning no later than when hedge accounting ceases. When hedge accounting is discontinued on a cash flow hedge because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the Corporation records the changes in the fair value of the derivative in earnings rather than through accumulated other comprehensive income and when the cash flows associated with the hedged item are realized, the gain or loss is reclassified out of other comprehensive income and included in the same income statement account of the item being hedged.

The Corporation measures the effectiveness of its hedges, where applicable, at inception and each quarter on an on-going basis. For a fair value hedge, the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedge instrument attributable to the risk being hedged versus the cumulative fair value change of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged is considered to be the “ineffective” portion, which is recorded as an increase or decrease in the related income statement classification of the item being hedged (i.e., net interest income). For a cash flow hedge, the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value are recognized immediately in the related income statement account. See Note 14 for additional information on derivative financial instruments and hedging activities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, while the fair value of restricted stock awards and salary shares is their fair market value on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options and restricted stock is amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grants and the fair value of salary shares is recognized as compensation expense on the date of grant. Compensation expense recognized is included in personnel expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss). See Note 10 for additional information on stock-based compensation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are considered to include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.

Per Share Computations

Earnings per share are calculated utilizing the two-class method. Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common shareholders and undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common shareholders and undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock awards (outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock, and outstanding stock warrants). Also see Notes 9 and 18.

New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In April 2011, the FASB issued clarifying guidance about which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, the guidance maintains a creditor must separately conclude that the restructuring constitutes a concession and that the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The accounting standard provides further clarification whether a creditor has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The measurement guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011, while the disclosure guidance is

92

effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 with retrospective application to restructurings occurring on or after the beginning of the fiscal year. The Corporation adopted the accounting standard as of the beginning of the third quarter of 2011, as required, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. See Note 3 for additional disclosures required under this accounting standard.

In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance which modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. In accordance with the guidance, for those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not if goodwill impairment exists, the guidance states an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The guidance was effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The Corporation adopted the accounting standard as of January 1, 2011, as required, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. See Note 7 for disclosures concerning goodwill.

In July 2010, the FASB issued guidance for improving disclosures about an entity’s allowance for loan losses and the credit quality of its loans. The guidance requires additional disclosure to facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of the following: (1) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s loan portfolio, (2) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for loan losses, and (3) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for loan losses. The increased disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. Increased disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 31, 2010. The Corporation adopted the accounting standard as of December 31, 2010, with no material impact on the its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. See Note 3 for additional disclosures required under this accounting standard.

In January 2010, the FASB issued an accounting standard providing additional guidance relating to fair value measurement disclosures. Specifically, companies will be required to separately disclose significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 measurements in the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for those transfers. Significance should generally be based on earnings and total assets or liabilities, or when changes are recognized in other comprehensive income, based on total equity. Companies may take different approaches in determining when to recognize such transfers, including using the actual date of the event or change in circumstances causing the transfer, or using the beginning or ending of a reporting period. For Level 3 fair value measurements, the new guidance requires presentation of separate information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. Additionally, the FASB also clarified existing fair value measurement disclosure requirements relating to the level of disaggregation, inputs, and valuation techniques. This accounting standard was effective at the beginning of 2010, except for the detailed Level 3 disclosures, which were effective at the beginning of 2011. The Corporation adopted the accounting standard at the beginning of 2010, except for the detailed Level 3 disclosures which were adopted at the beginning of 2011, with no material impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity. See Note 16 for additional disclosures required under this accounting standard.

93

NOTE 2    INVESTMENT SECURITIES:

The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows.

	2011
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	($ in Thousands)
U. S. Treasury securities	$	1,000	$	1	$	—		$	1,001
Federal agency securities		24,031		18		—			24,049
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)		797,691		49,583		(28	)		847,246
Residential mortgage-related securities		3,674,696		112,357		(1,463	)		3,785,590
Commercial mortgage-related securities		16,647		1,896		—			18,543
Asset-backed securities(1)		188,439		—		(707	)		187,732
Other securities (debt and equity)		72,896		1,891		(1,465	)		73,322
Total investment securities available for sale	$	4,775,400	$	165,746	$	(3,663	)	$	4,937,483
	2010
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	($ in Thousands)
U. S. Treasury securities	$	1,199	$	9	$	—		$	1,208
Federal agency securities		29,791		1		(25	)		29,767
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)		829,058		14,894		(5,350	)		838,602
Residential mortgage-related securities		4,831,481		117,530		(38,514	)		4,910,497
Commercial mortgage-related securities		7,604		149		—			7,753
Asset-backed securities(1)		299,459		3		(621	)		298,841
Other securities (debt and equity)		13,384		2,603		(1,314	)		14,673
Total investment securities available for sale	$	6,011,976	$	135,189	$	(45,824	)	$	6,101,341

(1) The asset-backed securities position is largely comprised of senior, floating rate, tranches of student loan securities issued by SLM Corp (“Sallie Mae”) and guaranteed under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”).

The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2011, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	2011
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
	($ in Thousands)
Due in one year or less	$	63,147	$	64,313
Due after one year through five years		180,450		185,425
Due after five years through ten years		557,997		595,889
Due after ten years		86,899		91,199
Total debt securities		888,493		936,826
Residential mortgage-related securities		3,674,696		3,785,590
Commercial mortgage-related securities		16,647		18,543
Asset-backed securities		188,439		187,732
Equity securities		7,125		8,792
Total investment securities available for sale	$	4,775,400	$	4,937,483

94

For 2011, net investment securities losses of $1 million were primarily attributable to credit-related other-than-temporary write-downs on the Corporation’s holding of various investment securities (including write-downs on trust preferred debt securities and various equity securities). Net investment securities gains of $25 million for 2010 were attributable to gains of $29 million on the sale of residential mortgage-related, federal agency, and municipal securities, partially offset by $4 million of credit-related other-than-temporary write-downs on the Corporation’s holding of various investment securities (including write-downs on trust preferred debt securities and various equity securities). Net investment securities gains of $9 million for 2009 were attributable to gains of $15 million on the sale of mortgage-related securities, partially offset by a $3 million loss on the sale of mortgage-related securities and $3 million of credit-related other-than-temporary write-downs on the Corporation’s holding of various investment securities (including write-downs on a trust preferred debt security, a non-agency mortgage-related security, and various equity securities).

Total proceeds and gross realized gains and losses from sales and write-downs of investment securities available for sale (with other-than-temporary write-downs on securities included in gross losses) for each of the three years ended December 31 were:

	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Gross gains	$	—		$	28,939		$	14,597
Gross losses		(1,112	)		(4,022	)		(5,823	)
Investment securities gains (losses), net	$	(1,112	)	$	24,917		$	8,774
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale		176,267			971,662			690,762

Pledged securities with a carrying value of approximately $3.3 billion and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure certain deposits, FHLB advances, or for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The following represents gross unrealized losses and the related fair value of investment securities available for sale, aggregated by investment category and length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2011.

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	($ in Thousands)
December 31, 2011
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)	$	(10	)	$	971	$	(18	)	$	348	$	(28	)	$	1,319
Residential mortgage-related securities		(1,443	)		186,954		(20	)		1,469		(1,463	)		188,423
Asset-backed securities		(9	)		4,091		(698	)		174,640		(707	)		178,731
Other securities (debt and equity)		(671	)		45,395		(794	)		522		(1,465	)		45,917
Total	$	(2,133	)	$	237,411	$	(1,530	)	$	176,979	$	(3,663	)	$	414,390

The Corporation reviews the investment securities portfolio on a quarterly basis to monitor its exposure to other-than-temporary impairment. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in fair value is other-than-temporary takes into consideration numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Some factors the Corporation may consider in the other-than-temporary impairment analysis include, the length of time and extent to which the security has been in an unrealized loss position, changes in security ratings, financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, as well as security and industry specific

95

economic conditions. In addition, with regards to its debt securities, the Corporation may also evaluate payment structure, whether there are defaulted payments or expected defaults, prepayment speeds, and the value of any underlying collateral. For certain debt securities in unrealized loss positions, the Corporation prepares cash flow analyses to compare the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security.

Based on the Corporation’s evaluation, management does not believe any remaining unrealized loss at December 31, 2011, represents an other-than-temporary impairment as these unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and the current market conditions, and not credit deterioration. At December 31, 2011, the number of investment securities in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months for municipal, residential mortgage-related and asset-backed securities was 4, 38 and 1, respectively. For investment securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more, the number of individual securities in the municipal, residential mortgage-related and asset-backed categories was 1, 5, and 30, respectively. The unrealized losses reported for residential mortgage-related securities relate to non-agency residential mortgage-related securities as well as residential mortgage-related securities issued by government agencies such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). At December 31, 2011, the $1.5 million unrealized loss position on other securities was primarily comprised of 3 individual trust preferred debt securities pools and 6 floating rate notes. The Corporation currently does not intend to sell nor does it believe that it will be required to sell the securities contained in the above unrealized losses table before recovery of their amortized cost basis.

The following is a summary of the credit loss portion of other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings on debt securities during 2010 and 2011.

	Non-agency Mortgage-Related Securities			Trust Preferred Debt Securities			Total
	$ in Thousands
Balance of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment at December 31, 2009	$	(17,472	)	$	(7,027	)	$	(24,499	)
Credit losses on newly identified impairment		(84	)		(2,992	)		(3,076	)
Balance of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment at December 31, 2010	$	(17,556	)	$	(10,019	)	$	(27,575	)
Credit losses on newly identified impairment		(2	)		(816	)		(818	)
Balance of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment at December 31, 2011	$	(17,558	)	$	(10,835	)	$	(28,393	)

96

For comparative purposes, the following represents gross unrealized losses and the related fair value of investment securities available for sale, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2010.

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
	($ in Thousands)
December 31, 2010
Federal agency securities	$	(25	)	$	29,716	$	—		$	—	$	(25	)	$	29,716
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)		(4,983	)		237,902		(367	)		2,543		(5,350	)		240,445
Residential mortgage-related securities		(36,280	)		1,613,498		(2,234	)		43,306		(38,514	)		1,656,804
Asset-backed securities		(621	)		293,568		—			—		(621	)		293,568
Other securities (debt and equity)		(1	)		100		(1,313	)		864		(1,314	)		964
Total	$	(41,910	)	$	2,174,784	$	(3,914	)	$	46,713	$	(45,824	)	$	2,221,497

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank Stocks: At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had FHLB stock of $121 million and Federal Reserve Bank stock of $70 million, unchanged from December 31, 2010. The Corporation is required to maintain Federal Reserve stock and FHLB stock as a member of both the Federal Reserve System and the FHLB, and in amounts as required by these institutions. These equity securities are “restricted” in that they can only be sold back to the respective institutions or another member institution at par. Therefore, they are less liquid than other marketable equity securities and their fair value is equal to amortized cost. The Corporation reviewed these securities for impairment, including but not limited to, consideration of operating performance, the severity and duration of market value declines, as well as its liquidity and funding position. After evaluating all of these considerations, the Corporation believes the cost of these investments will be recovered and no impairment has been recorded on these securities during 2011, 2010, or 2009, respectively.

NOTE 3    LOANS:

Loans at December 31 are summarized below.

	2011		2010
	($ in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial	$	3,724,736	$	3,049,752
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		1,086,829		1,049,798
Lease financing		58,194		60,254
Commercial and business lending		4,869,759		4,159,804
Commercial real estate - investor		2,563,767		2,339,415
Real estate — construction		584,046		553,069
Commercial real estate lending		3,147,813		2,892,484
Total commercial		8,017,572		7,052,288
Home equity		2,504,704		2,523,057
Installment		557,782		695,383
Total retail		3,062,486		3,218,440
Residential mortgage		2,951,013		2,346,007
Total consumer		6,013,499		5,564,447
Total loans	$	14,031,071	$	12,616,735

97

The Corporation serves the credit needs of its customers by offering a wide variety of loan programs to customers, primarily in our core footprint. The loan portfolio is widely diversified by types of borrowers, industry groups, and market areas. Significant loan concentrations are considered to exist for a financial institution when there are amounts loaned to multiple numbers of borrowers engaged in similar activities that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. At December 31, 2011, no significant concentrations existed in the Corporation’s loan portfolio in excess of 10% of total loans.

The Corporation has granted loans to their directors, executive officers, or their related interests. These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unrelated customers, and do not involve more than a normal risk of collection. These loans to related parties are summarized below.

	2011
	($ in Thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	50,749
New loans		41,222
Repayments		(53,821	)
Changes due to status of executive officers and directors		(399	)
Balance at end of year	$	37,751

A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years indicated was as follows.

	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	476,813		$	573,533		$	265,378
Provision for loan losses		52,000			390,010			750,645
Charge offs		(189,732	)		(528,492	)		(452,206	)
Recoveries		39,070			41,762			9,716
Net charge offs		(150,662	)		(486,730	)		(442,490	)
Balance at end of year	$	378,151		$	476,813		$	573,533

98

The level of the allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of an amount appropriate to provide for probable credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. In general, the change in the allowance for loan losses is a function of a number of factors, including but not limited to changes in the loan portfolio, net charge offs, trends in past due and impaired loans, and the level of potential problem loans. Management considers the allowance for loan losses a critical accounting policy, as assessing these numerous factors involves significant judgment.

A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2011, was as follows.

$ in Thousands	Commercial and industrial			Commercial real estate — owner occupied			Lease financing			Commercial real estate — investor			Real estate — construction			Home equity			Installment			Residential mortgage			Total
Balance at Dec 31, 2010	$	137,770		$	54,320		$	7,396		$	111,264		$	56,772		$	55,090		$	17,328		$	36,873		$	476,813
Provision for loan losses		8,916			(11,144	)		(6,611	)		(762	)		(4,744	)		54,476			3,845			8,024			52,000
Charge offs		(38,662	)		(9,485	)		(173	)		(29,479	)		(38,222	)		(42,623	)		(16,134	)		(14,954	)		(189,732	)
Recoveries		16,350			2,509			1,955			5,666			7,521			3,201			1,584			284			39,070
Balance at Dec 31, 2011	$	124,374		$	36,200		$	2,567		$	86,689		$	21,327		$	70,144		$	6,623		$	30,227		$	378,151
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending balance impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	7,619		$	3,608		$	161		$	16,623		$	4,919		$	2,922		$	—		$	957		$	36,809
Ending balance impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	7,688		$	3,962		$	34		$	8,378		$	4,266		$	27,914		$	2,021		$	13,707		$	67,970
Ending balance all other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	109,067		$	28,630		$	2,372		$	61,688		$	12,142		$	39,308		$	4,602		$	15,563		$	273,372
Loans:
Ending balance impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	41,474		$	26,049		$	9,792		$	85,287		$	31,933		$	9,542		$	—		$	11,401		$	215,478
Ending balance impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	37,153		$	17,807		$	852		$	57,482		$	20,850		$	46,315		$	3,730		$	70,269		$	254,458
Ending balance all other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	3,646,109		$	1,042,973		$	47,550		$	2,420,998		$	531,263		$	2,448,847		$	554,052		$	2,869,343		$	13,561,135

The allocation methodology used by the Corporation includes allocations for specifically identified impaired loans and loss factor allocations, (used for both criticized and non-criticized loan categories) with a component primarily based on historical loss rates and a component primarily based on other qualitative factors. Management allocates the allowance for loan losses by pools of risk within each loan portfolio. While the methodology used at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was generally comparable, several refinements were incorporated into the historical loss factor allocation process during the first quarter of 2011. The refinements, which impacted individual portfolio allocation amounts, did not materially impact the overall level of the allowance for loan losses.

At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan loss allocations for the home equity portfolio increased, with all other loan portfolio allocations declining from December 31, 2010. The increase in the home equity allocation was due to higher loss rates and a slight decline in credit quality. The decline in the installment allocation was impacted by the $10 million write-down on installment loans transferred to held for sale during the first quarter of 2011. Other portfolio allocations declined primarily due to improved credit quality metrics. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular category. The total allowance for loan losses is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

99

For comparison purposes, a summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, was as follows.

$ in Thousands	Commercial and industrial			Commercial real estate — owner occupied			Lease financing			Commercial real estate — investor			Real estate — construction			Home equity			Installment			Residential mortgage			Total
Balance at Dec 31, 2009	$	196,637		$	52,275		$	8,303		$	110,162		$	118,708		$	43,783		$	11,298		$	32,367		$	573,533
Provision for loan losses		41,703			22,608			10,149			87,491			136,752			59,706			14,148			17,453			390,010
Charge offs		(121,179	)		(20,871	)		(11,081	)		(96,530	)		(204,728	)		(51,132	)		(9,787	)		(13,184	)		(528,492	)
Recoveries		20,609			308			25			10,141			6,040			2,733			1,669			237			41,762
Balance at Dec 31, 2010	$	137,770		$	54,320		$	7,396		$	111,264		$	56,772		$	55,090		$	17,328		$	36,873		$	476,813
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending balance impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	25,131		$	6,025		$	6,042		$	23,635		$	27,294		$	6,752		$	—		$	3,574		$	98,453
Ending balance impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	4,769		$	1,502		$	322		$	2,325		$	1,804		$	22,181		$	7,776		$	5,258		$	45,937
Ending balance all other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	107,870		$	46,793		$	1,032		$	85,304		$	27,674		$	26,157		$	9,552		$	28,041		$	332,423
Loans:
Ending balance impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment	$	81,777		$	47,755		$	15,184		$	162,343		$	103,585		$	13,562		$	5		$	19,213		$	443,424
Ending balance impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	28,048		$	11,944		$	1,896		$	17,497		$	13,876		$	49,891		$	11,231		$	76,484		$	210,867
Ending balance all other loans collectively evaluated for impairment	$	2,939,927		$	990,099		$	43,174		$	2,159,575		$	435,608		$	2,459,604		$	684,147		$	2,250,310		$	11,962,444

The following table presents commercial loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2011.

	Pass		Special Mention		Potential Problem		Impaired		Total
	($ Thousands)
Commercial and industrial	$	3,283,090	$	209,713		153,306	$	78,627	$	3,724,736
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		853,517		53,090		136,366		43,856		1,086,829
Lease financing		46,570		822		158		10,644		58,194
Commercial and business lending		4,183,177		263,625		289,830		133,127		4,869,759
Commercial real estate — investor		2,055,124		135,668		230,206		142,769		2,563,767
Real estate — construction		494,839		8,775		27,649		52,783		584,046
Commercial real estate lending		2,549,963		144,443		257,855		195,552		3,147,813
Total commercial	$	6,733,140	$	408,068	$	547,685	$	328,679	$	8,017,572

100

The following table presents commercial loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2010.

	Pass		Special Mention		Potential Problem		Impaired		Total
	($ Thousands)
Commercial and industrial	$	2,363,554	$	222,089		354,284	$	109,825	$	3,049,752
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		743,785		52,495		193,819		59,699		1,049,798
Lease financing		40,101		456		2,617		17,080		60,254
Commercial and business lending		3,147,440		275,040		550,720		186,604		4,159,804
Commercial real estate — investor		1,685,554		175,062		298,959		179,840		2,339,415
Real estate — construction		311,810		32,180		91,618		117,461		553,069
Commercial real estate lending		1,997,364		207,242		390,577		297,301		2,892,484
Total commercial	$	5,144,804	$	482,282	$	941,297	$	483,905	$	7,052,288

The following table presents consumer loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2011.

	Performing		30-89 Days Past Due		Potential Problem		Impaired		Total
	($ Thousands)
Home equity	$	2,431,207	$	12,189		5,451	$	55,857	$	2,504,704
Installment		551,227		2,592		233		3,730		557,782
Total retail		2,982,434		14,781		5,684		59,587		3,062,486
Residential mortgage		2,849,082		7,224		13,037		81,670		2,951,013
Total consumer	$	5,831,516	$	22,005	$	18,721	$	141,257	$	6,013,499

The following table presents consumer loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2010.

	Performing		30-89 Days Past Due		Potential Problem		Impaired		Total
	($ Thousands)
Home equity	$	2,442,661	$	13,886		3,057	$	63,453	$	2,523,057
Installment		673,820		9,624		703		11,236		695,383
Total retail		3,116,481		23,510		3,760		74,689		3,218,440
Residential mortgage		2,222,916		8,722		18,672		95,697		2,346,007
Total consumer	$	5,339,397	$	32,232	$	22,432	$	170,386	$	5,564,447

Factors that are important to managing overall credit quality are sound loan underwriting and administration, systematic monitoring of existing loans and commitments, effective loan review on an ongoing basis, early identification of potential problems, an appropriate allowance for loan losses, and sound nonaccrual and charge off policies.

For commercial loans, management has determined the pass credit quality indicator to include credits that exhibit acceptable financial statements, cash flow, and leverage. If any risk exists, it is mitigated by the loan structure, collateral, monitoring, or control. For consumer loans, performing loans include credits that are performing in accordance with the original contractual terms. Special mention credits have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit. Potential problem loans are considered inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged. These loans generally have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that may jeopardize liquidation of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Lastly, management

101

considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the note agreement, including both principal and interest. Management has determined that commercial and consumer loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured in a troubled debt restructuring meet this impaired loan definition. Commercial loans classified as special mention, potential problem, and impaired are reviewed at a minimum on a quarterly basis, while pass and performing rated credits are reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently if the loan renewal is less than one year or if otherwise warranted.

102

The following table presents loans by past due status at December 31, 2011.

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or More Past Due*		Total Past Due		Current		Total
	($ in Thousands)
Accruing loans
Commercial and industrial	$	3,513	$	5,230	$	3,755	$	12,498	$	3,656,163	$	3,668,661
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		6,788		304		—		7,092		1,044,019		1,051,111
Lease financing		31		73		—		104		47,446		47,550
Commercial and business lending		10,332		5,607		3,755		19,694		4,747,628		4,767,322
Commercial real estate — investor		2,770		2,200		—		4,970		2,459,445		2,464,415
Real estate — construction		873		123		481		1,477		540,763		542,240
Commercial real estate lending		3,643		2,323		481		6,447		3,000,208		3,006,655
Total commercial		13,975		7,930		4,236		26,141		7,747,836		7,773,977
Home equity		9,399		2,790		—		12,189		2,445,608		2,457,797
Installment		1,784		808		689		3,281		551,786		555,067
Total retail		11,183		3,598		689		15,470		2,997,394		3,012,864
Residential mortgage		6,320		904		—		7,224		2,880,234		2,887,458
Total consumer		17,503		4,502		689		22,694		5,877,628		5,900,322
Total accruing loans	$	31,478	$	12,432	$	4,925	$	48,835	$	13,625,464	$	13,674,299
Nonaccrual loans
Commercial and industrial	$	5,374	$	6,933	$	20,792	$	33,099	$	22,976	$	56,075
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		2,190		185		19,724		22,099		13,619		35,718
Lease financing		—		—		858		858		9,786		10,644
Commercial and business lending		7,564		7,118		41,374		56,056		46,381		102,437
Commercial real estate — investor		2,332		2,730		31,529		36,591		62,761		99,352
Real estate — construction		36		482		18,625		19,143		22,663		41,806
Commercial real estate lending		2,368		3,212		50,154		55,734		85,424		141,158
Total commercial		9,932		10,330		91,528		111,790		131,805		243,595
Home equity		2,818		2,408		34,976		40,202		6,705		46,907
Installment		403		373		599		1,375		1,340		2,715
Total retail		3,221		2,781		35,575		41,577		8,045		49,622
Residential mortgage		1,981		4,301		43,153		49,435		14,120		63,555
Total consumer		5,202		7,082		78,728		91,012		22,165		113,177
Total nonaccrual loans	$	15,134	$	17,412	$	170,256	$	202,802	$	153,970	$	356,772
Total loans
Commercial and industrial	$	8,887	$	12,163	$	24,547	$	45,597	$	3,679,139	$	3,724,736
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		8,978		489		19,724		29,191		1,057,638		1,086,829
Lease financing		31		73		858		962		57,232		58,194
Commercial and business lending		17,896		12,725		45,129		75,750		4,794,009		4,869,759
Commercial real estate — investor		5,102		4,930		31,529		41,561		2,522,206		2,563,767
Real estate — construction		909		605		19,106		20,620		563,426		584,046
Commercial real estate lending		6,011		5,535		50,635		62,181		3,085,632		3,147,813
Total commercial		23,907		18,260		95,764		137,931		7,879,641		8,017,572
Home equity		12,217		5,198		34,976		52,391		2,452,313		2,504,704
Installment		2,187		1,181		1,288		4,656		553,126		557,782
Total retail		14,404		6,379		36,264		57,047		3,005,439		3,062,486
Residential mortgage		8,301		5,205		43,153		56,659		2,894,354		2,951,013
Total consumer		22,705		11,584		79,417		113,706		5,899,793		6,013,499
Total loans	$	46,612	$	29,844	$	175,181	$	251,637	$	13,779,434	$	14,031,071

* The recorded investment in loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $4.9 million at December 31, 2011 (the same as the reported balances for the accruing loans noted above).

103

The following table presents loans by past due status at December 31, 2010.

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or More Past Due*		Total Past Due		Current		Total
	($ in Thousands)
Accruing loans
Commercial and industrial	$	20,371	$	12,642	$	—	$	33,013	$	2,916,894	$	2,949,907
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		6,101		3,194		200		9,495		980,986		990,481
Lease financing		132		—		—		132		43,042		43,174
Commercial and business lending		26,604		15,836		200		42,640		3,940,922		3,983,562
Commercial real estate — investor		28,401		8,790		1,896		39,087		2,135,718		2,174,805
Real estate — construction		4,470		3,546		—		8,016		450,124		458,140
Commercial real estate lending		32,871		12,336		1,896		47,103		2,585,842		2,632,945
Total commercial		59,475		28,172		2,096		89,743		6,526,764		6,616,507
Home equity		10,183		3,703		796		14,682		2,456,663		2,471,345
Installment		5,637		3,987		526		10,150		674,689		684,839
Total retail		15,820		7,690		1,322		24,832		3,131,352		3,156,184
Residential mortgage		7,967		755		—		8,722		2,260,966		2,269,688
Total consumer		23,787		8,445		1,322		33,554		5,392,318		5,425,872
Total accruing loans	$	83,262	$	36,617	$	3,418	$	123,297	$	11,919,082	$	12,042,379
Nonaccrual loans
Commercial and industrial	$	2,532	$	894	$	57,215	$	60,641	$	39,204	$	99,845
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		1,510		1,995		28,311		31,816		27,501		59,317
Lease financing		151		132		998		1,281		15,799		17,080
Commercial and business lending		4,193		3,021		86,524		93,738		82,504		176,242
Commercial real estate — investor		2,191		6,733		54,364		63,288		101,322		164,610
Real estate — construction		166		131		56,443		56,740		38,189		94,929
Commercial real estate lending		2,357		6,864		110,807		120,028		139,511		259,539
Total commercial		6,550		9,885		197,331		213,766		222,015		435,781
Home equity		2,463		3,264		37,169		42,896		8,816		51,712
Installment		252		839		7,141		8,232		2,312		10,544
Total retail		2,715		4,103		44,310		51,128		11,128		62,256
Residential mortgage		3,460		4,789		50,609		58,858		17,461		76,319
Total consumer		6,175		8,892		94,919		109,986		28,589		138,575
Total nonaccrual loans	$	12,725	$	18,777	$	292,250	$	323,752	$	250,604	$	574,356
Total loans
Commercial and industrial	$	22,903	$	13,536	$	57,215	$	93,654	$	2,956,098	$	3,049,752
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		7,611		5,189		28,511		41,311		1,008,487		1,049,798
Lease financing		283		132		998		1,413		58,841		60,254
Commercial and business lending		30,797		18,857		86,724		136,378		4,023,426		4,159,804
Commercial real estate — investor		30,592		15,523		56,260		102,375		2,237,040		2,339,415
Real estate — construction		4,636		3,677		56,443		64,756		488,313		553,069
Commercial real estate lending		35,228		19,200		112,703		167,131		2,725,353		2,892,484
Total commercial		66,025		38,057		199,427		303,509		6,748,779		7,052,288
Home equity		12,646		6,967		37,965		57,578		2,465,479		2,523,057
Installment		5,889		4,826		7,667		18,382		677,001		695,383
Total retail		18,535		11,793		45,632		75,960		3,142,480		3,218,440
Residential mortgage		11,427		5,544		50,609		67,580		2,278,427		2,346,007
Total consumer		29,962		17,337		96,241		143,540		5,420,907		5,564,447
Total loans	$	95,987	$	55,394	$	295,668	$	447,049	$	12,169,686	$	12,616,735

* The recorded investment in loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $3.4 million at December 31, 2010 (the same as the reported balances for the accruing loans noted above).

104

The following table presents impaired loans at December 31, 2011.

	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized*
	($ in Thousands)
Loans with a related allowance
Commercial and industrial	$	57,380	$	65,945	$	15,307	$	65,042	$	2,265
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		27,456		31,221		7,570		28,938		587
Lease financing		1,176		1,176		195		1,792		40
Commercial and business lending		86,012		98,342		23,072		95,772		2,892
Commercial real estate — investor		101,704		117,469		25,001		107,153		3,552
Real estate — construction		30,100		38,680		9,185		35,411		1,220
Commercial real estate lending		131,804		156,149		34,186		142,564		4,772
Total commercial		217,816		254,491		57,258		238,336		7,664
Home equity		52,756		58,221		30,836		56,069		1,909
Installment		3,730		4,059		2,021		4,135		217
Total retail		56,486		62,280		32,857		60,204		2,126
Residential mortgage		74,415		81,215		14,664		77,987		2,197
Total consumer		130,901		143,495		47,521		138,191		4,323
Total loans	$	348,717	$	397,986	$	104,779	$	376,527	$	11,987
Loans with no related allowance
Commercial and industrial	$	21,247	$	27,631	$	—	$	23,514	$	532
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		16,400		20,426		—		18,609		200
Lease financing		9,468		9,468		—		11,436		—
Commercial and business lending		47,115		57,525		—		53,559		732
Commercial real estate — investor		41,065		63,872				50,936		242
Real estate — construction		22,683		41,636		—		30,937		330
Commercial real estate lending		63,748		105,508		—		81,873		572
Total commercial		110,863		163,033		—		135,432		1,304
Home equity		3,101		5,087		—		3,314		6
Total retail		3,101		5,087		—		3,314		6
Residential mortgage		7,255		7,806		—		7,376		117
Total consumer		10,356		12,893		—		10,690		123
Total loans	$	121,219	$	175,926	$	—	$	146,122	$	1,427
Total
Commercial and industrial	$	78,627	$	93,576	$	15,307	$	88,556	$	2,797
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		43,856		51,647		7,570		47,547		787
Lease financing		10,644		10,644		195		13,228		40
Commercial and business lending		133,127		155,867		23,072		149,331		3,624
Commercial real estate — investor		142,769		181,341		25,001		158,089		3,794
Real estate — construction		52,783		80,316		9,185		66,348		1,550
Commercial real estate lending		195,552		261,657		34,186		224,437		5,344
Total commercial		328,679		417,524		57,258		373,768		8,968
Home equity		55,857		63,308		30,836		59,383		1,915
Installment		3,730		4,059		2,021		4,135		217
Total retail		59,587		67,367		32,857		63,518		2,132
Residential mortgage		81,670		89,021		14,664		85,363		2,314
Total consumer		141,257		156,388		47,521		148,881		4,446
Total loans	$	469,936	$	573,912	$	104,779	$	522,649	$	13,414

* Interest income recognized included $6 million of interest income recognized on accruing restructured loans for the year ended December 31, 2011.

105

The following table presents impaired loans at December 31, 2010.

	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized*
	($ in Thousands)
Loans with a related allowance
Commercial and industrial	$	80,507	$	100,297	$	29,900	$	93,966	$	2,399
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		41,071		45,687		7,527		44,445		1,251
Lease financing		16,680		16,680		6,364		18,832		74
Commercial and business lending		138,258		162,664		43,791		157,243		3,724
Commercial real estate — investor		96,737		106,036		25,960		102,435		1,973
Real estate — construction		77,312		85,173		29,098		64,049		920
Commercial real estate lending		174,049		191,209		55,058		166,484		2,893
Total commercial		312,307		353,873		98,849		323,727		6,617
Home equity		59,975		61,894		28,933		62,805		1,652
Installment		11,231		11,649		7,776		12,481		294
Total retail		71,206		73,543		36,709		75,286		1,946
Residential mortgage		86,163		91,749		8,832		92,602		2,514
Total consumer		157,369		165,292		45,541		167,888		4,460
Total loans	$	469,676	$	519,165	$	144,390	$	491,615	$	11,077
Loans with no related allowance
Commercial and industrial	$	29,318	$	35,841	$	—	$	28,831	$	806
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		18,628		20,273		—		20,253		352
Lease financing		400		400		—		745		—
Commercial and business lending		48,346		56,514		—		49,829		1,158
Commercial real estate — investor		83,103		99,690		—		91,014		1,851
Real estate - construction		40,149		58,662		—		55,376		1,483
Commercial real estate lending		123,252		158,352		—		146,390		3,334
Total commercial		171,598		214,866		—		196,219		4,492
Home equity		3,478		3,483		—		3,414		102
Installment		5		5		—		7		—
Total retail		3,483		3,488		—		3,421		102
Residential mortgage		9,534		11,267		—		10,675		246
Total consumer		13,017		14,755		—		14,096		348
Total loans	$	184,615	$	229,621	$	—	$	210,315	$	4,840
Total
Commercial and industrial	$	109,825	$	136,138	$	29,900	$	122,797	$	3,205
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		59,699		65,960		7,527		64,698		1,603
Lease financing		17,080		17,080		6,364		19,577		74
Commercial and business lending		186,604		219,178		43,791		207,072		4,882
Commercial real estate — investor		179,840		205,726		25,960		193,449		3,824
Real estate — construction		117,461		143,835		29,098		119,425		2,403
Commercial real estate lending		297,301		349,561		55,058		312,874		6,227
Total commercial		483,905		568,739		98,849		519,946		11,109
Home equity		63,453		65,377		28,933		66,219		1,754
Installment		11,236		11,654		7,776		12,488		294
Total retail		74,689		77,031		36,709		78,707		2,048
Residential mortgage		95,697		103,016		8,832		103,277		2,760
Total consumer		170,386		180,047		45,541		181,984		4,808
Total loans	$	654,291	$	748,786	$	144,390	$	701,930	$	15,917

* Interest income recognized included $4 million of interest income recognized on accruing restructured loans for the year ended December 31, 2010.

106

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the average recorded investment in impaired loans was $687 million, while the cash basis interest income recognized from impaired loans was $41 million.

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectability of principal or interest on loans, it is management’s practice to place such loans on nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed, amortization of related deferred loan fees or costs is suspended, and income is recorded only to the extent that interest payments are subsequently received in cash and a determination has been made that the principal and interest of the loan is collectible. If collectability of the principal and interest is in doubt, payments received are applied to loan principal.

While an asset is in nonaccrual status, some or all of the cash interest payments received may be treated as interest income on a cash basis as long as the remaining recorded investment in the asset (i.e., after charge off of identified losses, if any) is deemed to be fully collectible. The determination as to the ultimate collectability of the asset’s remaining recorded investment must be supported by a current, well documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment, including consideration of the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance and other relevant factors. A nonaccrual loan is returned to accrual status when all delinquent principal and interest payments become current in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement, the borrower has demonstrated a period of sustained performance, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. A sustained period of repayment performance generally would be a minimum of six months.

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“Restructured Loans”):

Loans are considered restructured loans if concessions have been granted to borrowers that are experiencing financial difficulty. The concessions granted generally involve the modification of terms of the loan, such as changes in payment schedule or interest rate, which generally would not otherwise be considered. Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. Nonaccrual restructured loans are included and treated with all other nonaccrual loans. In addition, all accruing restructured loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings which are considered and accounted for as impaired loans. Generally, restructured loans remain on nonaccrual until the customer has attained a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified loan terms (generally a minimum of six months). However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and whether the loan should be returned to or maintained on accrual status. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan remains on nonaccrual status. Based on the above, the Corporation had $36 million and $8 million of accruing loans that were restructured and remained on accrual status at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively. In addition, the Corporation had $77 million and $72 million of restructured loans which were restored to accrual status based on a sustained period of repayment performance at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively.

107

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, there were $87 million and $36 million, respectively, of nonaccrual restructured loans, and $113 million and $80 million, respectively, of performing restructured loans, included within impaired loans. All restructured loans are considered impaired in the calendar year of restructuring. In subsequent years, a restructured loan may cease being classified as impaired if the loan was modified at a market rate and has performed according to the modified terms for at least six months. A loan that has been modified at a below market rate will return to performing status if it satisfies the six month performance requirement; however, it will remain classified as a restructured loan. The following table presents nonaccrual and performing restructured loans by loan portfolio.

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Performing Restructured Loans		Nonaccrual Restructured Loans*		Performing Restructured Loans		Nonaccrual Restructured Loans*
	($ in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial	$	22,552	$	12,211	$	9,980	$	5,758
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		8,138		9,706		382		2,160
Commercial real estate — investor		43,417		30,303		15,230		12,013
Real estate — construction		10,977		14,253		22,532		186
Home equity		8,950		6,268		11,741		2,843
Installment		1,015		1,163		692		1,849
Residential mortgage		18,115		13,589		19,378		11,130
	$	113,164	$	87,493	$	79,935	$	35,939

* Nonaccrual restructured loans have been included within nonaccrual loans.

The following table provides the number of loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring by loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2011, and the recorded investment and unpaid principal balance as of December 31, 2011.

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Number of Loans		Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance
	($ in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial		104	$	31,933	$	36,844
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		22		15,841		19,741
Commercial real estate — investor		59		42,721		54,132
Real estate — construction		33		18,308		23,802
Home equity		57		4,886		5,428
Installment		19		1,004		1,048
Residential mortgage		42		6,113		8,087
		336	$	120,806	$	149,082

Restructured loan modifications may include payment schedule modifications, interest rate concessions, maturity date extensions, modification of note structure (A/B Note), principal reduction, or some combination of these concessions. During the year ended December 31, 2011, restructured loan modifications of commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and real estate construction loans primarily included maturity date extensions and payment schedule modifications. Restructured loan modifications of home equity and residential mortgage loans primarily included maturity date extensions, interest rate concessions, payment schedule modifications, or a combination of these concessions for the year ended December 31, 2011.

108

The following table provides the number of loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring during the previous 12 months which subsequently defaulted during the year ended December 31, 2011, as well as the recorded investment in these restructured loans as of December 31, 2011.

	Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Number of Loans		Recorded Investment
	($ in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial		26	$	2,880
Commercial real estate — owner occupied		6		2,094
Commercial real estate — investor		16		9,546
Real estate - construction		10		2,846
Home equity		12		1,422
Installment		1		20
Residential mortgage		10		1,714
		81	$	20,522

All loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment. The nature and extent of the impairment of restructured loans, including those which have experienced a subsequent payment default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.

NOTE 4    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Goodwill: Goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis. Consistent with prior years, the Corporation elected to conduct its annual impairment testing in May. Accounting guidance states that goodwill of a reporting unit shall be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Management assessed and determined during the fourth quarter of 2011 that an extended decline in the Corporation’s stock price qualified as a triggering event and as such, performed an interim impairment test. Both the annual impairment test and the interim impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value (including goodwill) for both the banking and wealth segments. Therefore, a step two analysis was not required for these reporting units and no impairment charge was recorded. For 2010 and 2009, the annual review of goodwill indicated that the carrying value of the banking segment exceeded its estimated fair value. Therefore, a step two analysis was performed for this segment, which indicated that the implied fair value of the goodwill of the banking segment exceeded the carrying value of the banking segment. Therefore, no impairment charge was recorded. There were no impairment charges recorded in 2011, 2010, or 2009, respectively. It is possible that a future conclusion could be reached that all or a portion of the Corporation’s goodwill may be impaired, in which case a non-cash charge for the amount of such impairment would be recorded in earnings. Such a charge, if any, would have no impact on tangible capital and would not affect the Corporation’s “well-capitalized” designation.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had goodwill of $929 million, including goodwill of $907 million assigned to the banking segment and goodwill of $22 million assigned to the wealth management segment. There was no change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009, respectively.

109

Other Intangible Assets: The Corporation has other intangible assets that are amortized, consisting of core deposit intangibles, other intangibles (primarily related to customer relationships acquired in connection with the Corporation’s insurance agency acquisitions), and mortgage servicing rights. The core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights are assigned to the Corporation’s banking segment, while the other intangibles are assigned to the wealth management segment as of December 31, 2011. For core deposit intangibles and other intangibles, changes in the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization, and net book value were as follows.

	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Core deposit intangibles:
Gross carrying amount	$	41,831		$	41,831		$	47,748
Accumulated amortization		(30,815	)		(27,121	)		(29,288	)
Net book value	$	11,016		$	14,710		$	18,460
Amortization during the year	$	3,695		$	3,750		$	4,123
Other intangibles:
Gross carrying amount	$	19,283		$	20,433		$	20,433
Accumulated amortization		(10,877	)		(11,008	)		(9,839	)
Net book value	$	8,406		$	9,425		$	10,594
Amortization during the year	$	1,019		$	1,169		$	1,420

The Corporation sells residential mortgage loans in the secondary market and typically retains the right to service the loans sold. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing rights asset is capitalized, which represents the current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights, when purchased, are initially recorded at fair value. As the Corporation has not elected to subsequently measure any class of servicing assets under the fair value measurement method, the Corporation follows the amortization method. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and assessed for impairment at each reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of the initial capitalized amount, net of accumulated amortization, or estimated fair value, and are included in other intangible assets, net, in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Corporation periodically evaluates its mortgage servicing rights asset for impairment. Impairment is assessed based on fair value at each reporting date using estimated prepayment speeds of the underlying mortgage loans serviced and stratifications based on the risk characteristics of the underlying loans (predominantly loan type and note interest rate). As mortgage interest rates rise, prepayment speeds are usually slower and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally increases, requiring less valuation reserve. Conversely, as mortgage interest rates fall, prepayment speeds are usually faster and the value of the mortgage servicing rights asset generally decreases, requiring additional valuation reserve. A valuation allowance is established, through a charge to earnings, to the extent the amortized cost of the mortgage servicing rights exceeds the estimated fair value by stratification. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the temporary impairment no longer exists for a stratification, the valuation is reduced through a recovery to earnings. An other-than-temporary impairment (i.e., recoverability is considered remote when considering interest rates and loan pay off activity) is recognized as a write-down of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the related valuation allowance (to the extent a valuation allowance is available) and then against earnings. A direct write-down permanently reduces the carrying value of the mortgage servicing rights asset and valuation allowance, precluding subsequent recoveries. See Note 16 which further discusses fair value measurement relative to the mortgage servicing rights asset.

110

A summary of changes in the balance of the mortgage servicing rights asset and the mortgage servicing rights valuation allowance was as follows.

Mortgage servicing rights	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Mortgage servicing rights at beginning of year	$	84,209		$	80,986		$	56,025
Additions		17,476			26,165			44,580
Amortization		(25,830	)		(22,942	)		(19,619	)
Mortgage servicing rights at end of year	$	75,855		$	84,209		$	80,986
Valuation allowance at beginning of year		(20,300	)		(17,233	)		(10,457	)
Additions, net		(7,403	)		(3,067	)		(6,776	)
Valuation allowance at end of year		(27,703	)		(20,300	)		(17,233	)
Mortgage servicing rights, net	$	48,152		$	63,909		$	63,753
Fair value of mortgage servicing rights	$	48,152		$	64,378		$	66,710
Portfolio of residential mortgage loans serviced for others (“servicing portfolio”)	$	7,321,000		$	7,453,000		$	7,667,000
Mortgage servicing rights, net to servicing portfolio		0.66	%		0.86	%		0.83	%
Mortgage servicing rights expense(1)	$	33,233		$	26,009		$	26,395

1) Includes the amortization of mortgage servicing rights and additions/recoveries to the valuation allowance of mortgage servicing rights, and is a component of mortgage banking, net in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets. The projections of amortization expense for the next five years are based on existing asset balances, the current interest rate environment, and prepayment speeds as of December 31, 2011. The actual amortization expense the Corporation recognizes in any given period may be significantly different depending upon acquisition or sale activities, changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds, market conditions, regulatory requirements, and events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Estimated Amortization Expense	Core Deposit Intangibles		Other Intangibles		Mortgage Servicing Rights
	($ in Thousands)
Year ending December 31,
2012	$	3,200	$	1,000	$	18,600
2013		3,100		900		13,800
2014		2,900		900		10,000
2015		1,400		800		7,400
2016	$	300	$	800	$	5,700

111

NOTE 5    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31 was as follows.

	Estimated Useful Lives		2011						2010
			Cost		Accumulated Depreciation		Net Book Value		Net Book Value
			($ in Thousands)
Land		—	$	44,581	$	—	$	44,581	$	43,744
Land improvements		3 – 15 years		9,423		3,114		6,309		2,780
Buildings		5 – 39 years		210,810		110,564		100,246		95,776
Computers		3 – 5 years		41,534		29,543		11,991		9,897
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment		3 – 15 years		145,985		95,093		50,892		31,864
Leasehold improvements		5 – 30 years		29,434		19,717		9,717		6,472
Total premises and equipment			$	481,767	$	258,031	$	223,736	$	190,533

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment totaled $24 million in 2011, $22 million in 2010, and $22 million in 2009.

The Corporation and certain subsidiaries are obligated under noncancelable operating leases for other facilities and equipment, certain of which provide for increased rentals based upon increases in cost of living adjustments and other operating costs. The approximate minimum annual rentals and commitments under these noncancelable agreements and leases with remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows.

	($ in Thousands)
2012	$	13,400
2013		12,340
2014		11,243
2015		10,706
2016		9,872
Thereafter		45,748
Total	$	103,309

Total rental expense under leases, net of sublease income, totaled $15 million in 2011, $13 million in 2010, and $13 million in 2009.

NOTE 6    DEPOSITS:

The distribution of deposits at December 31 was as follows.

	2011		2010
	($ in Thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	3,928,792	$	3,684,965
Savings deposits		986,766		887,236
Interest-bearing demand deposits		2,297,454		1,870,664
Money market deposits		5,150,275		5,434,867
Brokered certificates of deposit		202,948		442,640
Other time deposits		2,524,420		2,905,021
Total deposits	$	15,090,655	$	15,225,393

Time deposits of $100,000 or more were $1.0 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

112

Aggregate annual maturities of all time deposits at December 31, 2011, are as follows.

Maturities During Year Ending December 31,	($ in Thousands)
2012	$	2,253,014
2013		208,465
2014		123,674
2015		38,649
2016		73,168
Thereafter		30,398
Total	$	2,727,368

NOTE 7    SHORT-TERM FUNDING:

Short-term funding at December 31 was as follows.

	2011		2010
	($ in Thousands)
Federal funds purchased	$	154,730	$	154,810
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase		1,359,755		563,884
FHLB advances		1,000,000		1,000,000
Treasury, tax, and loan notes		—		28,688
Total short-term funding	$	2,514,485	$	1,747,382

The FHLB advances included in short-term funding are those with original contractual maturities of less than one year. The securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent short-term funding which is collateralized by securities of the U.S. Government or its agencies and mature daily. The treasury, tax, and loan notes are demand notes representing secured funding from the U.S. Treasury, collateralized by qualifying securities and loans.

NOTE 8    LONG-TERM FUNDING:

Long-term funding (funding with original contractual maturities greater than one year) at December 31 was as follows.

	2011		2010
	($ in Thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances	$	500,476	$	1,000,528
Senior notes, at par		430,000		—
Subordinated debt, at par		25,821		195,821
Junior subordinated debentures, at par		211,340		211,340
Other borrowed funds and capitalized costs		9,434		5,916
Total long-term funding	$	1,177,071	$	1,413,605

FHLB advances: At December 31, 2011, long-term advances from the FHLB had maturities through 2020 and had weighted-average interest rates of 1.79%, and 1.66% at December 31, 2010. These advances all had fixed contractual rates at both December 31, 2011, and 2010.

Senior notes: In March 2011, the Corporation issued $300 million of senior notes at a discount. In September 2011, the Corporation issued an additional $130 million of senior notes at a premium. The senior notes mature on March 28, 2016 and have a fixed coupon interest rate of 5.125%.

113

Subordinated debt: In September 2008, the Corporation issued $26 million of 10-year subordinated debt with a 5-year no-call provision, and in August 2001, the Corporation issued $200 million of 10-year subordinated debt. The subordinated notes were each issued at a discount, and the September 2008 debt has a fixed coupon interest rate of 9.25%, while the August 2001 debt has a fixed coupon interest rate of 6.75%. The Corporation retired $30 million of the August 2001 debt in the third quarter of 2010 and paid an early termination penalty of $1 million (included in other noninterest expense on the consolidated statements of income). During the first quarter of 2011, the Corporation retired another $28 million of the August 2001 debt and paid an early termination penalty of $1 million (included in the other noninterest expense on the consolidated statements of income). The remaining outstanding balance of $142 million on the August 2001 notes was paid at maturity on August 15, 2011. Subordinated debt qualifies under the risk-based capital guidelines as Tier 2 supplementary capital for regulatory purposes, and is discounted in accordance with regulations when the debt has five years or less remaining to maturity.

Junior subordinated debentures: The Corporation has $180 million of junior subordinated debentures (“ASBC Debentures”), which carry a fixed rate of 7.625% and mature on June 15, 2032. Beginning May 30, 2007, the Corporation has had the right to redeem the ASBC Debentures, at par, and none were redeemed in 2011 or 2010. The carrying value of the ASBC Debentures was $180 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. With its October 2005 business combination, the Corporation acquired variable rate junior subordinated debentures at a premium (the “SFSC Debentures”), from two equal issuances (contractually $31 million on a combined basis), of which one pays a variable rate adjusted quarterly based on the 90-day LIBOR plus 2.80% (or 3.23% at December 31, 2011) and matures April 23, 2034, and the other which pays a variable rate adjusted quarterly based on the 90-day LIBOR plus 3.45% (or 3.91% at December 31, 2011) and matures November 7, 2032. The Corporation has the right to redeem the SFSC Debentures, at par, on a quarterly basis and none were redeemed in 2011 or 2010. The carrying value of the SFSC Debentures was $36 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The table below summarizes the maturities of the Corporation’s long-term funding at December 31, 2011.

Year	($ in Thousands)
2012	$	100,057
2013		400,052
2014		15
2015		1,684
2016		433,720
Thereafter		241,543
Total long-term funding	$	1,177,071

Under agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, FHLB advances (short-term and long-term) are secured by qualifying mortgages of the subsidiary bank (such as residential mortgage, residential mortgage loans held for sale, home equity, and commercial real estate) and by specific investment securities for certain FHLB advances. At December 31, 2011, approximately $3.6 billion and $0.9 billion of residential mortgage and home equity loans, respectively, were available to be pledged to the FHLB.

NOTE 9    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Preferred Equity: The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the issuance of 750,000 shares of preferred stock at a par value of $1.00 per share. In November 2008, under the CPP, the Corporation issued 525,000 shares of senior preferred stock (with a par value of $1.00 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) and a 10-year warrant to purchase approximately 4 million shares of common stock (see section “Common Stock Warrants” below for additional information), for aggregate proceeds of $525 million. The proceeds received were allocated between the Senior Preferred Stock and the Common Stock Warrants based upon their relative fair values, which resulted in the recording of a discount on the Senior Preferred Stock

114

upon issuance that reflects the value allocated to the Common Stock Warrants. The allocated carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants on the date of issuance (based on their relative fair values) were $508 million and $17 million, respectively. The Senior Preferred Stock is callable at par after three years. In 2011, the Corporation repurchased all of the Senior Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. The Senior Preferred Stock repurchases were funded by the issuance of $430 million of senior notes, $65 million of depositary shares of 8.00% Perpetual Preferred Stock Series B described below and other available funds.

On September 14, 2011, the Corporation issued 2,600,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of the Corporation’s 8.00% Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). The Series B Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Corporation. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock, if declared, will be payable quarterly in arrears at a rate per annum equal to 8.00%. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock initially are cumulative because the Corporation’s current Articles of Incorporation require that preferred stock dividends be cumulative. During the cumulative period, the Corporation will have an obligation to pay any unpaid dividends. However, dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock will automatically become non-cumulative immediately upon the effective date of an amendment to the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation to eliminate the requirement that the Corporation’s preferred stock dividends be cumulative, and such amendment will be voted upon by the Corporation’s shareholders at their next annual meeting scheduled for April 24, 2012. During the non-cumulative dividend period, the Corporation will have no obligation to pay dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock that were undeclared and unpaid during the cumulative dividend period. Shares of the Series B Preferred Stock have priority over the Corporation’s common stock with regard to the payment of dividends and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As such, the Corporation may not pay dividends on or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of its common stock unless dividends for the Series B Preferred Stock have been declared for that period, and sufficient funds have been set aside to make payment. The Series B Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Corporation at its option (i) either in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the dividend payment date occurring on September 15, 2016, or (ii) in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following certain regulatory capital treatment events, in each case at a redemption price of $1,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share), plus any applicable dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series B Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

Common Stock Warrants: The Common Stock Warrants have a term of 10 years and are exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $19.77 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments). On December 6, 2011, the U.S. Department of Treasury closed an underwritten secondary public offering of 4 million warrants, each representing the right to purchase one share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation. The public offering price and the allocation of the Warrants in the Warrant Offering were determined by an auction process and the Corporation received no proceeds from the public offering.

Common Equity: On January 15, 2010, the Corporation announced it had closed its underwritten public offering of 44.8 million shares of its common stock at $11.15 per share. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $478 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The Corporation used the net proceeds of this offering, which qualifies as tangible common equity and Tier 1 capital, to support continued growth and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Subsidiary Equity: At December 31, 2011, subsidiary equity equaled $3.3 billion, of which approximately $94 million could be paid to the Parent Company in the form of cash dividends without prior regulatory approval, subject to the capital needs of each subsidiary. See Note 17 for additional information on regulatory requirements for the Bank.

Stock Repurchases:  The Board of Directors has authorized management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock to be made available for re-issuance in connection with the Corporation’s employee incentive plans and/or for other corporate purposes. During 2011 and 2010, no shares were repurchased under these authorizations. The Corporation repurchased shares for minimum tax withholding settlements on equity

115

compensation during 2010 and 2011. See Part II, Item 5, “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities,” for additional information on the shares repurchased for equity compensation for the three months ended December 31, 2011. The repurchase of shares will be based on market opportunities, capital levels, growth prospects, and other investment opportunities, and is subject to the restrictions under the Memorandum of Understanding with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.

Other Comprehensive Income: A summary of activity in accumulated other comprehensive income follows.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Net income (loss)	$	139,699		$	(856	)	$	(131,859	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Investment securities available for sale:
Net unrealized gains (losses)		71,606			(38,278	)		113,455
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses realized in net income		1,112			(24,917	)		(8,774	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		(28,566	)		24,785			(37,534	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) on investment securities available for sale		44,152			(38,410	)		67,147
Defined benefit pension and postretirement obligations:
Prior service cost, net of amortization		467			467			467
Net gain (loss), net of amortization		(14,810	)		2,271			2,736
Income tax (expense) benefit		5,674			(1,106	)		(1,236	)
Other comprehensive income (loss) on pension and postretirement obligations		(8,669	)		1,632			1,967
Derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships:
Net unrealized losses		(557	)		(4,542	)		(1,814	)
Reclassification adjustment for net losses and interest expense for interest differential on derivative instruments realized in net income (loss)		4,708			6,013			8,540
Income tax expense		(1,658	)		(499	)		(2,718	)
Other comprehensive income on cash flow hedging relationships		2,493			972			4,008
Total other comprehensive income (loss)		37,976			(35,806	)		73,122
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	177,675		$	(36,662	)	$	(58,737	)

NOTE 10     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had one stock-based compensation plan (discussed below). All stock awards granted under this plan have an exercise price that is established at the closing price of the Corporation’s stock on the date the awards were granted.

The Corporation may issue common stock with restrictions to certain key employees. The shares are restricted as to transfer, but are not restricted as to dividend payment or voting rights. The transfer restrictions lapse over one, two, three, or five years, depending upon whether the awards are salary shares, service-based or performance-based. Service-based awards are contingent upon continued employment, and performance-based awards are based on earnings per share performance goals and continued employment.

Stock-Based Compensation Plan:

In March 2010, the Board of Directors, with subsequent approval of the Corporation’s shareholders, approved the adoption of the 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan (“2010 Plan”). Options are generally exercisable up to 10 years from the date of grant and vest ratably over three years. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 9 million shares remain available for grants.

116

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation:

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, while the fair value of restricted stock awards and salary shares is their fair market value on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options and restricted stock is amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grants and the fair value of salary shares is recognized as compensation expense on the date of grant. Compensation expense recognized is included in personnel expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Assumptions are used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted. The weighted average expected life of the stock option represents the period of time that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using historical data of stock option exercises and forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Corporation’s stock. The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value for options granted in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

	2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		2.00	%		3.00	%		4.95	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.27	%		2.70	%		1.87	%
Expected volatility		47.24	%		45.38	%		36.00	%
Weighted average expected life		6 years			6 years			6 years
Weighted average per share fair value of options	$	5.56		$	4.60		$	3.60

The Corporation is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation expense recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will also impact the amount of stock compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

A summary of the Corporation’s stock option activity for 2011, 2010, and 2009, is presented below.

Stock Options	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (000s)
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		6,581,702		$	27.45
Granted		975,548			17.05
Exercised		(945	)		16.70
Forfeited or expired		(847,687	)		25.73
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		6,708,618		$	26.16		5.61	$	—
Options exercisable at December 31, 2009		4,811,626		$	27.73		4.50	$	—
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		6,708,618			26.16
Granted		1,348,474			13.24
Exercised		(14,868	)		12.71
Forfeited or expired		(740,766	)		20.95
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		7,301,458		$	24.33		5.01	$	2,460
Options exercisable at December 31, 2010		5,275,738		$	27.60		3.63	$	63
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		7,301,458			24.33
Granted		1,624,369			14.20
Exercised		(23,437	)		12.66
Forfeited or expired		(1,847,116	)		24.51
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		7,055,274		$	21.99		5.61	$	27
Options exercisable at December 31, 2011		4,623,935		$	26.10		4.01	$	7

117

The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011.

	Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Remaining     Life (Years)		Options Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Range of Exercise Prices:
$0.00 — $10.00		4,000	$	9.26		7.56		2,680	$	9.26
$10.01 — $15.00		2,592,027		13.77		8.65		384,122		13.20
$15.01 — $20.00		761,217		17.40		6.87		539,103		17.54
$20.01 — $25.00		1,504,303		23.40		2.98		1,504,303		23.40
$25.01 — $30.00		452,037		29.04		2.05		452,037		29.04
Over $30.00		1,741,690		33.19		3.72		1,741,690		33.19
Total		7,055,274	$	21.99		5.61		4,623,935	$	26.10

The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s nonvested stock option activity for 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Stock Options	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		1,811,165		$	3.85
Granted		975,548			3.60
Vested		(650,629	)		4.07
Forfeited		(239,092	)		4.26
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		1,896,992		$	3.60
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		1,896,992		$	3.60
Granted		1,348,474			4.60
Vested		(920,969	)		3.93
Forfeited		(298,777	)		3.78
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		2,025,720		$	4.09
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		2,025,720		$	4.09
Granted		1,624,369			5.56
Vested		(955,454	)		3.77
Forfeited		(263,296	)		4.85
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		2,431,339		$	5.11

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the intrinsic value of stock options exercised was immaterial. (Intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the stock option.) During 2011, less than $0.3 million was received for the exercise of stock options. The total fair value of stock options that vested was $4 million, $4 million and $3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The Corporation recognized compensation expense of $5 million, $3 million, and $4 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, for the vesting of stock options. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over the remaining requisite service periods that extend predominantly through 2013.

118

The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s restricted stock activity for 2011, 2010, and 2009.

Restricted Stock	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		354,327		$	26.75
Granted		371,643			16.48
Vested		(146,320	)		27.96
Forfeited		(52,519	)		21.80
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		527,131		$	19.67
Outstanding at December 31, 2009		527,131		$	19.67
Granted		604,343			12.38
Vested		(205,239	)		21.68
Forfeited		(153,973	)		17.12
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		772,262		$	13.94
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		772,262		$	13.94
Granted		593,437			14.27
Vested		(169,499	)		17.74
Forfeited		(182,435	)		13.86
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,013,765		$	13.79

The Corporation amortizes the expense related to restricted stock awards as compensation expense over the vesting period specified in the grant. Restricted stock awards granted during 2011 to the senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly compensated employees will vest ratably over a three year period, subject to the full repayment of the funds received under the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), and the restricted stock award recipient must continue to perform substantial services for the Corporation for at least two years after the date of grant. Restricted stock awards granted during 2010 to the senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly compensated employees will vest in 25% increments as the funds received under the CPP are repaid and the restricted stock award recipients must continue to perform substantial services for the Corporation for at least two years after the date of grant. The Corporation repaid the CPP funds during 2011. Expense for restricted stock awards of approximately $6 million, $6 million, and $4 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $6 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock awards that is expected to be recognized over the remaining requisite service periods that extend predominantly through 2013.

The Corporation recognizes expense related to salary shares as compensation expense. Each share is fully vested as of the date of grant and is subject to restrictions on transfer that lapse over a period of 9 to 28 months based on the month of grant. The Corporation recognized compensation expense of $4 million on the granting of 317,450 salary shares (or an average cost per share of $12.41) during 2011. The Corporation recognized compensation expense of $3 million on the granting of 244,062 salary shares (or an average cost per share of $13.43) during 2010 and an immaterial amount on the granting of 5,841 salary shares (or an average cost per share of $11.06) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The Corporation issues shares from treasury, when available, or new shares upon the exercise of stock options, granting of restricted stock awards, and the granting of salary shares. The Board of Directors has authorized management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock each quarter in the market, to be made available for issuance in connection with the Corporation’s employee incentive plans and for other corporate purposes. The repurchase of shares will be based on market opportunities, capital levels, growth prospects, and other investment opportunities, and is subject to restrictions under the Memorandum of Understanding with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.

119

NOTE 11     RETIREMENT PLANS:

The Corporation has a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan (the Retirement Account Plan (“RAP”)) covering substantially all full-time employees. The benefits are based primarily on years of service and the employee’s compensation paid. Employees of acquired entities generally participate in the RAP after consummation of the business combinations. The plans of acquired entities are typically merged into the RAP after completion of the mergers, and credit is usually given to employees for years of service at the acquired institution for vesting and eligibility purposes. In connection with the First Federal acquisition in October 2004, the Corporation assumed the First Federal pension plan (the “First Federal Plan”). The First Federal Plan was frozen on December 31, 2004, and qualified participants in the First Federal Plan became eligible to participate in the RAP as of January 1, 2005. Additional discussion and information on the RAP and the First Federal Plan are collectively referred to below as the “Pension Plan.”

Associated also provides healthcare access for eligible retired employees in its Postretirement Plan (the “Postretirement Plan”). Retirees who are at least 55 years of age with 5 years of service are eligible to participate in the plan. Additionally, with the rise in healthcare costs for retirees under the age of 65, the Corporation changed its postretirement benefits to include a subsidy for those employees who are at least age 55 but less than age 65 with at least 15 years of service as of January 1, 2007. The Corporation has no plan assets attributable to the plan. The Corporation reserves the right to terminate or make changes to the plan at any time.

The funded status and amounts recognized in the 2011 and 2010 consolidated balance sheets, as measured on December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the Pension and Postretirement Plans were as follows.

	Pension Plan			Postretirement Plan			Pension Plan			Postretirement Plan
	2011			2011			2010			2010
	($ in Thousands)
Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	159,791		$	—		$	133,554		$	—
Actual return on plan assets		(2,481	)		—			14,477			—
Employer contributions		26,000			502			20,000			610
Gross benefits paid		(9,888	)		(502	)		(8,240	)		(610	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	173,422		$	—		$	159,791		$	—
Change in Benefit Obligation
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	129,114		$	4,150		$	119,935		$	4,429
Service cost		9,898			—			9,622			—
Interest cost		6,414			198			6,377			227
Actuarial loss		1,308			123			1,420			104
Gross benefits paid		(9,888	)		(502	)		(8,240	)		(610	)
Net benefit obligation at end of year	$	136,846		$	3,969		$	129,114		$	4,150
Funded (unfunded) status	$	36,576		$	(3,969	)	$	30,677		$	(4,150	)
Noncurrent assets	$	39,802		$	—		$	31,274		$	—
Current liabilities		—			(495	)		—			(587	)
Noncurrent liabilities		(3,226	)		(3,474	)		(597	)		(3,563	)
Asset (Liability) Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets	$	36,576		$	(3,969	)	$	30,677		$	(4,150	)

120

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 follow.

	Pension Plan		Postretirement Plan			Pension Plan		Postretirement Plan
	2011		2011			2010		2010
	($ in Thousands)
Prior service cost	$	274	$	103		$	320	$	347
Net actuarial (gain) loss		32,932		(135	)		24,050		(212	)
Amount not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost, but recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income	$	33,206	$	(32	)	$	24,370	$	135

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”), net of tax, in 2011 and 2010 were as follows.

	Pension Plan 2011			Postretirement Plan 2011			Pension Plan 2010			Postretirement Plan 2010
	($ in Thousands)
Net gain (loss)	$	(16,711	)	$	(123	)	$	777		$	(104	)
Amortization of prior service cost		72			395			72			395
Amortization of actuarial gain (loss)		2,024			—			1,601			(3	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		5,780			(106	)		(995	)		(111	)
Total Recognized in OCI	$	(8,835	)	$	166		$	1,455		$	177

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the Pension and Postretirement Plans for 2011, 2010, and 2009 were as follows.

	Pension Plan 2011			Postretirement Plan 2011		Pension Plan 2010			Postretirement Plan 2010			Pension Plan 2009			Postretirement Plan 2009
						($ in Thousands)
Service cost	$	9,898		$	—	$	9,622		$	—		$	8,649		$	—
Interest cost		6,414			198		6,377			227			6,262			261
Expected return on plan assets		(12,896	)		—		(12,152	)		—			(11,520	)		—
Amortization of:
Prior service cost		72			395		72			395			72			395
Actuarial (gain) loss		2,024			—		1,601			(3	)		551			(54	)
Total net periodic benefit cost	$	5,512		$	593	$	5,520		$	619		$	4,014		$	602

121

As of December 31, 2011, the estimated actuarial losses and prior service cost that will be amortized during 2012 from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan are $3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. An estimated $0.2 million in prior service cost is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net benefit cost during 2012 for the Postretirement Plan.

	Pension Plan 2011			Postretirement Plan 2011			Pension Plan 2010			Postretirement Plan 2010
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate		4.90	%		4.90	%		5.10	%		5.10	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels		5.00			N/A			5.00			N/A
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs:
Discount rate		5.10	%		5.10	%		5.50	%		5.50	%
Rate of increase in compensation levels		5.00			N/A			5.00			N/A
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets		7.75			N/A			8.00			N/A

The overall expected long-term rates of return on the Pension Plan assets were 7.75% at December 31, 2011 and 8.00% at December 31, 2010, respectively. The expected long-term (more than 20 years) rate of return was estimated using market benchmarks for equities and bonds applied to the Pension Plan’s anticipated asset allocations. The expected return on equities was computed utilizing a valuation framework, which projected future returns based on current equity valuations rather than historical returns. The actual rate of return for the Pension Plan assets was 4.11% and 12.04% for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Pension Plan’s investments are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market, and credit risks. Due to the level of risks associated with certain investments and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of the investments, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term could materially affect the amounts reported. The investment objective for the Pension Plan is to maximize total return with a tolerance for average risk. The plan has a diversified portfolio that will provide liquidity, current income, and growth of income and principal, with anticipated asset allocation ranges of: equity securities 55-65%, debt securities 35-45%, other cash equivalents 0-5%, and alternative securities 0-15%. Given current market conditions, the Corporation could be outside of the allocation ranges for brief periods of time. The asset allocation for the Pension Plan as of the December 31, 2011 and 2010 measurement dates, respectively, by asset category were as follows.

Asset Category	2011			2010
Equity securities		65	%		64	%
Debt securities		34			35
Other		1			1
Total		100	%		100	%

122

The Pension Plan assets include cash equivalents, such as money market accounts, mutual funds, and common / collective trust funds (which include investments in equity and bond securities). Money market accounts are stated at cost plus accrued interest, mutual funds are valued at quoted market prices and investments in common / collective trust funds are valued at the amount at which units in the funds can be withdrawn. Based on these inputs, the following table summarizes the fair value of the Pension Plan’s investments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	($ in Thousands)
Pension Plan Investments:
Money market account	$	1,690	$	1,690	$	—	$	—
Mutual funds		92,026		92,026		—		—
Common /collective trust funds		79,706		—		79,706		—
Total Pension Plan Investments	$	173,422	$	93,716	$	79,706	$	—
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	December 31, 2010		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	($ in Thousands)
Pension Plan Investments:
Money market account	$	861	$	861	$	—	$	—
Mutual funds		78,046		78,046		—		—
Common /collective trust funds		80,884		—		80,884		—
Total Pension Plan Investments	$	159,791	$	78,907	$	80,884	$	—

The Corporation’s funding policy is to pay at least the minimum amount required by the funding requirements of federal law and regulations, with consideration given to the maximum funding amounts allowed. The Corporation contributed $26 million and $20 million to its Pension Plan during 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Corporation regularly reviews the funding of its Pension Plans. At this time, the Corporation expects to make a contribution of up to $10 million in 2012.

The projected benefit payments for the Pension and Postretirement Plans at December 31, 2011, reflecting expected future services, were as follows. The projected benefit payments were calculated using the same assumptions as those used to calculate the benefit obligations listed above.

	Pension Plan		Postretirement Plan
	($ in Thousands)
Estimated future benefit payments:
2012	$	13,604	$	495
2013		10,361		458
2014		10,483		393
2015		11,892		355
2016		12,044		308
2017-2021	$	64,502	$	1,282

The health care trend rate is an assumption as to how much the Postretirement Plan’s medical costs will increase each year in the future. The health care trend rate assumption for pre-65 coverage is 9% for 2011, and 0.5% lower in each succeeding year, to an ultimate rate of 5% for 2019 and future years. The health care trend rate assumption for post-65 coverage is 10% for 2011, and 0.5% lower in each succeeding year, to an ultimate rate of 5% for 2021 and future years.

123

A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effect.

	2011					2010
	100 bp Increase		100 bp Decrease			100 bp Increase		100 bp Decrease
	($ in Thousands)
Effect on total of service and interest cost	$	15	$	(13	)	$	17	$	(16	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation	$	305	$	(266	)	$	343	$	(317	)

The Corporation also has a 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “401(k) plan”). The Corporation’s contribution is determined by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors. Total expense related to contributions to the 401(k) plan was $9 million, $8 million, and $8 million in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 12     INCOME TAXES:

The current and deferred amounts of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
Current:
Federal	$	9,336		$	(91,578	)	$	(45,496	)
State		(350	)		598			27,083
Total current		8,986			(90,980	)		(18,413	)
Deferred:
Federal		37,553			54,046			(91,136	)
State		(2,811	)		(3,238	)		(43,691	)
Total deferred		34,742			50,808			(134,827	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	43,728		$	(40,172	)	$	(153,240	)

124

Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities resulted in deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 were as follows.

	2011			2010
	($ in Thousands)
Gross deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	146,027		$	160,786
Allowance for other losses		13,714			12,154
Accrued liabilities		11,506			6,548
Deferred compensation		24,638			23,188
Securities valuation adjustment		17,978			18,964
Benefit of tax loss and credit carryforwards		51,835			78,968
Nonaccrual interest		4,042			7,460
Other		7,017			4,185
Total gross deferred tax assets		276,757			312,253
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		—			(5,984	)
		276,757			306,269
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
FHLB stock dividends		10,424			10,276
Prepaid expenses		49,828			43,467
Intangible amortization		28,274			27,382
Mortgage banking activities		4,796			14,213
Deferred loan fee income		22,914			21,850
State income taxes		20,418			22,656
Leases		3,955			5,246
Depreciation		23,368			13,593
Other		1,805			1,869
Total gross deferred tax liabilities		165,782			160,552
Net deferred tax assets		110,975			145,717
Tax effect of unrealized gain related to available for sale securities		(62,447	)		(32,092	)
Tax effect of unrealized loss related to pension and postretirement benefits		21,219			15,482
		(41,228	)		(16,610	)
Net deferred tax assets including tax effected items	$	69,747		$	129,107

At December 31, 2011, there was no valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2010, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $6 million was related to the deferred tax benefit of specific states tax loss carryforwards of $50 million at certain subsidiaries. The net decrease in the valuation allowance during 2011 was primarily the result of the impact of changes in state tax laws. The net increase in the valuation allowance during 2010 was primarily the result of an additional valuation allowance on specific state tax losses. The change in the valuation allowance was as follows.

	2011			2010
	($ in Thousands)
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, beginning of year	$	5,984		$	5,935
Increase (decrease) in current year		(5,984	)		49
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, end of year	$	—		$	5,984

As a result of the pre-tax losses incurred during 2009 and 2010, the Corporation is in a cumulative pre-tax loss position for financial statement purposes for the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In assessing the

125

realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and, if necessary, tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the projections for future taxable income and tax planning strategies which will create taxable income over the period that the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Corporation will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had state net operating losses of $543 million (of which, $59 million was acquired from various acquisitions) and federal net operating losses of $0.4 million (of which, all was acquired from various acquisitions) that will expire in the years 2012 through 2030. $519 million of these state net operating loss carryforwards do not begin to expire until after 2015. The Corporation had $8 million of alternative minimum tax credits which have an indefinite life and had $1 million of tax credits that will expire in 2030.

The effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal tax rate. The major reasons for this difference were as follows.

	2011			2010			2009
Federal income tax rate at statutory rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Increases (decreases) resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest and dividends		(7.0	)		34.1			5.1
State income taxes (net of federal income taxes)		3.8			4.2			3.8
Bank owned life insurance		(2.8	)		13.3			1.9
Valuation allowance		(3.3	)		(0.5	)		6.1
Federal tax credits		(0.9	)		3.9			0.6
Tax reserve adjustments		(0.6	)		10.8			2.4
Compensation deduction limitations		0.7			(4.8	)		(0.4	)
Other		(1.1	)		1.9			(0.7	)
Effective income tax rate		23.8	%		97.9	%		53.8	%

Savings banks acquired by the Corporation in 1997 and 2004 qualified under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code that permitted them to deduct from taxable income an allowance for bad debts that differed from the provision for such losses charged to income for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made for $100 million of retained income at December 31, 2011. If income taxes had been provided, the deferred tax liability would have been approximately $40 million. Management does not expect this amount to become taxable in the future, therefore, no provision for income taxes has been made.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The Corporation’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to examination from the 2007 tax return year and forward, while the Corporation’s various state income tax returns are generally open and subject to examination from the 2003 and later tax return years based on individual state statutes of limitation.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows.

	2011			2010
	($ in Millions)
Balance at beginning of year	$	23		$	30
Changes in tax positions for prior years		5			—
Settlements		—			(1	)
Statute expiration		(7	)		(6	)
Balance at end of year	$	21		$	23

126

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $14 million and $15 million, respectively.

The Corporation recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax expense line of the consolidated statements of income (loss). As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $6 million of interest and penalties (the interest accrued, net of reversals, during 2011 was zero) on unrecognized tax benefits of which $3 million had an impact on the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2010, the Corporation had $6 million of interest and penalties (including a $0.1 million net reduction of interest accrued during 2010) on unrecognized tax benefits of which $3 million had an impact on the effective tax rate. Management does not anticipate significant adjustments to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

NOTE 13 COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:

The Corporation utilizes a variety of financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to manage its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include lending-related and other commitments (see below) and derivative instruments (see Note 14). The following is a summary of lending-related commitments at December 31.

	2011		2010
	($ in Thousands)
Commitments to extend credit, excluding commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale(1)(2)	$	4,561,210	$	3,862,208
Commercial letters of credit(1)		47,699		37,872
Standby letters of credit(3)	$	320,375	$	362,275

1) These off-balance sheet financial instruments are exercisable at the market rate prevailing at the date the underlying transaction will be completed and, thus, are deemed to have no current fair value, or the fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and is not material at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

2) Interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale are considered derivative instruments and are disclosed in Note 14.

3) The Corporation has established a liability of $4 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, as an estimate of the fair value of these financial instruments.

Lending-related Commitments

As a financial services provider, the Corporation routinely enters into commitments to extend credit. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by the Corporation, with each customer’s creditworthiness evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Corporation upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Since a significant portion of commitments to extend credit are subject to specific restrictive loan covenants or may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Corporation had a reserve for losses on unfunded commitments totaling $15 million and $17 million, respectively, included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Lending-related commitments include commitments to extend credit, commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers at predetermined interest rates, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contracts. Interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held

127

for sale and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans are considered derivative instruments, and the fair value of these commitments is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets. The Corporation’s derivative and hedging activity is further described in Note 14. Commercial and standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party, while standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party.

Other Commitments

The Corporation has principal investment commitments to provide capital-based financing to private and public companies through either direct investments in specific companies or through investment funds and partnerships. The timing of future cash requirements to fund such commitments is generally dependent on the investment cycle, whereby privately held companies are funded by private equity investors and ultimately sold, merged, or taken public through an initial offering, which can vary based on overall market conditions, as well as the nature and type of industry in which the companies operate. The Corporation also invests in low-income housing, small-business commercial real estate, new market tax credit projects, and historic tax credit projects to promote the revitalization of low-to-moderate-income neighborhoods throughout the local communities of its bank subsidiary. As a limited partner in these unconsolidated projects, the Corporation is allocated tax credits and deductions associated with the underlying projects. The aggregate carrying value of these investments at December 31, 2011, was $36 million, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets, compared to $45 million at December 31, 2010. Related to these investments, the Corporation had remaining commitments to fund of $15 million at December 31, 2011, and $11 million at December 31, 2010.

Contingent Liabilities

The Corporation is party to various pending and threatened claims and legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business activities, some of which involve claims for substantial amounts. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcomes, the Corporation believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding matters, including the matter described below, and with respect to such legal proceedings, intends to continue to defend itself vigorously. The Corporation will consider settlement of cases when, in management’s judgment, it is in the best interests of both the Corporation and its shareholders.

On at least a quarterly basis, the Corporation assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with all pending or threatened claims and litigation, utilizing the most recent information available. On a matter by matter basis, an accrual for loss is established for those matters which the Corporation believes it is probable that a loss may be incurred and that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, each accrual is adjusted as appropriate to reflect any subsequent developments. Accordingly, management’s estimate will change from time to time, and actual losses may be more or less than the current estimate. For matters where a loss is not probable, or the amount of the loss cannot be estimated, no accrual is established.

Resolution of legal claims are inherently unpredictable, and in many legal proceedings various factors exacerbate this inherent unpredictability, including where the damages sought are unsubstantiated or indeterminate, it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis, discovery is not complete, the proceeding is not yet in its final stages, the matters present legal uncertainties, there are significant facts in dispute, there are a large number of parties (including where it is uncertain how liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants), or there is a wide range of potential results.

A lawsuit, Harris v. Associated Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”), was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin in April 2010. The suit alleges that the Bank unfairly assesses and collects overdraft fees and seeks restitution of the overdraft fees, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, and

128

costs. The lawsuit asserts claims for a multi-year period (as limited by the applicable state’s statute of limitations, generally 6 years) and is styled as a putative class action lawsuit on behalf of consumer banking customers of the Bank with the certification of the class pending. In April 2010, a Multi District Judicial Panel issued a conditional transfer order to consolidate this case into the Multi District Litigation (“MDL”), In re: Checking Account Overdraft Litigation MDL No. 2036 pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, Miami Division for coordinated pre-trial proceedings. The Bank is a member, along with many other banking institutions, of the Fourth Tranche of defendants in this case. An agreement in principle has been reached with plaintiffs’ counsel which requires payment by the Bank of $13 million for a full and complete release of all claims brought against the Bank. A settlement agreement will be filed with the court for preliminary approval upon negotiating a final agreement. Although we cannot guarantee that the court will approve the settlement, it is reasonably likely that the settlement will be approved. By entering into such an agreement, we have not admitted any liability with respect to the lawsuit. The settlement is a result of our evaluation of the cost of fully litigating the matter and the time and expense of resources needed to administer the litigation. The settlement amount has been accrued for in the December 31, 2011 financial statements.

The Corporation, as a member bank of Visa, Inc. (“Visa”) prior to Visa’s completion of their initial public offering (“IPO”) in March 2008, had certain indemnification obligations pursuant to Visa’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and in accordance with their membership agreements. In accordance with Visa’s bylaws prior to the IPO, the Corporation could have been required to indemnify Visa for the Corporation’s proportional share of losses based on the pre-IPO membership interests. In contemplation of the IPO, Visa announced that it had completed restructuring transactions during the fourth quarter of 2007. As part of this restructuring, the Corporation’s indemnification obligation was modified to include only certain known litigation as of the date of the restructuring. Based upon Visa’s revised liability estimate for litigation, including the current funding of litigation settlements, the Corporation has a Visa indemnification liability (included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets) totaling $2 million at both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. In connection with the IPO in 2008, Visa retained a portion of the proceeds to fund an escrow account in order to resolve existing litigation settlements as well as to fund potential future litigation settlements. The Corporation’s interest in this escrow account (included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets) was $2 million at December 31, 2011 and $1 million at December 31, 2010, respectively.

Residential mortgage loans sold to others are predominantly conventional residential first lien mortgages originated under our usual underwriting procedures, and are most often sold on a nonrecourse basis. The Corporation’s agreements to sell residential mortgage loans in the normal course of business usually require certain representations and warranties on the underlying loans sold, related to credit information, loan documentation, collateral, and insurability, which if subsequently are untrue or breached, could require the Corporation to repurchase certain loans affected. There have been insignificant instances of repurchase under representations and warranties. To a much lesser degree, the Corporation may sell residential mortgage loans with limited recourse (limited in that the recourse period ends prior to the loan’s maturity, usually after certain time and/or loan paydown criteria have been met), whereby repurchase could be required if the loan had defined delinquency issues during the limited recourse periods. At December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, there were approximately $56 million and $58 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans sold with such recourse risk, upon which there have been insignificant instances of repurchase. Given that the underlying loans delivered to buyers are predominantly conventional residential first lien mortgages originated or purchased under our usual underwriting procedures, and that historical experience shows negligible losses and insignificant repurchase activity, management believes that losses and repurchases under the limited recourse provisions will continue to be insignificant.

In October 2004, the Corporation acquired a thrift. Prior to the acquisition, this thrift retained a subordinate position to the FHLB in the credit risk on the underlying residential mortgage loans it sold to the FHLB in exchange for a monthly credit enhancement fee. The Corporation has not sold loans to the FHLB with such credit risk retention since February 2005. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, there were $475 million and $667 million, respectively, of such residential mortgage loans with credit risk recourse, upon which there have been negligible historical losses to the Corporation.

129

At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Corporation provided a credit guarantee on contracts related to unrelated third parties in exchange for a fee. In the event of a customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Corporation is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk, in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers, is limited to a defined contract liability. In the event of nonperformance, the Corporation has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The Corporation has an estimated fair value of approximately $0.3 million and $0.1 million related to these credit guarantee contracts at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Corporation, borrowers may be required to obtain Private Mortgage Insurance (PMI) provided by third-party insurers. The Corporation entered into reinsurance treaties with certain PMI carriers which provided, among other things, for a sharing of losses within a specified range of the total PMI coverage in exchange for a portion of the PMI premiums. The Corporation’s reinsurance treaties typically provide that the Corporation will assume liability for losses once they exceed 5% of the aggregate risk exposure up to a maximum of 10% of the aggregate risk exposure. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s potential risk exposure was approximately $19 million. As of January 1, 2009, the Corporation discontinued providing reinsurance coverage for new loans in exchange for a portion of the PMI premium. The Company’s liability for reinsurance losses, including estimated losses incurred but not yet reported, was $8 million and $5 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

NOTE 14    DERIVATIVE AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES:

The Corporation uses derivative instruments primarily to hedge the variability in interest payments or protect the value of certain assets and liabilities recorded on its consolidated balance sheet from changes in interest rates. The predominant derivative and hedging activities include interest rate-related instruments (swaps, caps, collars, and corridors), foreign currency exchange forwards, and certain mortgage banking activities. The contract or notional amount of a derivative is used to determine, along with the other terms of the derivative, the amounts to be exchanged between the counterparties. The Corporation is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to financial instruments. To mitigate the counterparty risk, interest rate-related instruments generally contain language outlining collateral pledging requirements for each counterparty. Collateral must be posted when the market value exceeds certain threshold limits which are determined from the credit ratings of each counterparty. The Corporation was required to pledge $85 million of investment securities as collateral at December 31, 2011, and pledged $94 million of investment securities as collateral at December 31, 2010.

The Corporation’s derivative and hedging instruments are recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 16, “Fair Value Measurements,” for additional fair value information and disclosures.

The table below identifies the balance sheet category and fair values of the Corporation’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

	Notional Amount		Fair Value			Balance Sheet Category		Weighted Average
December 31, 2011								Receive Rate			Pay Rate			Maturity
	($ in Thousands)
Interest rate swap — short-term funding	$	100,000	$	(2,011	)		Other liabilities		0.07	%		3.04	%		8 months
December 31, 2010
Interest rate swap — short-term funding	$	200,000	$	(6,295	)		Other liabilities		0.19	%		3.15	%		14 months

130

The table below identifies the gains and losses recognized on the Corporation’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges.

	Amount of Gain / (Loss) Recognized in OCI on Derivatives (Effective Portion)			Category of Gain / (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)	Amount of Gain / (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Income (Effective Portion)		Category of Gain / (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion)	Gross Amount of Gain / (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives (Ineffective Portion)
	($ in Thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2011				Interest Expense			Interest Expense
Interest rate swap — short-term funding	$	(557	)	Short-term funding	$	4,708	Short-term funding	$	13
Year Ended December 31, 2010				Interest Expense			Interest Expense
Interest rate swap — short-term funding	$	(4,542	)	Short-term funding	$	6,013	Short-term funding	$	(201	)

Cash flow hedges

The Corporation has variable-rate short-term funding which exposes the Corporation to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. To manage the interest rate risk related to the variability of these interest payments, the Corporation has entered into various interest rate swap agreements.

During the third quarter of 2008, the Corporation entered into two interest rate swap agreements which hedge the interest rate risk in the cash flows of certain short-term, variable-rate borrowings. In the third quarter of 2011, one interest rate swap agreement for $100 million matured. Hedge effectiveness is determined using regression analysis. No components of the derivatives change in fair value were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Derivative gains and losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings are included in interest expense on short-term funding (i.e., the line item in which the hedged cash flows are recorded). At December 31, 2011, accumulated other comprehensive income included a deferred after-tax net loss of $1 million related to these derivatives, compared to a deferred after-tax net loss of $4 million at December 31, 2010. The net after-tax derivative loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011, is projected to be reclassified into net interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest payments on the variable-rate, short-term funding through September 2012.

131

The table below identifies the balance sheet category and fair values of the Corporation’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments.

	Notional Amount		Fair Value			Balance Sheet Category	Weighted Average
							Receive Rate(1)			Pay Rate(1)			Maturity
	($ in Thousands)
December 31, 2011
Interest rate-related instruments — customer and mirror	$	1,563,831	$	71,143		Other assets		1.66	%		1.66	%	45 months
Interest rate-related instruments — customer and mirror		1,563,831		(78,064	)	Other liabilities		1.66	%		1.66	%	45 months
Interest rate lock commitments (mortgage)		235,375		4,571		Other assets		—			—		—
Forward commitments (mortgage)		437,500		(4,771	)	Other liabilities		—			—		—
Foreign currency exchange forwards		52,973		2,079		Other assets		—			—		—
Foreign currency exchange forwards		44,107		(1,891	)	Other liabilities		—			—		—
Purchased options (time deposit)		54,780		2,854		Other assets		—			—		—
Written options (time deposit)		54,780		(2,854	)	Other liabilities		—			—		—
December 31, 2010
Interest rate-related instruments — customer and mirror	$	1,268,502	$	54,154		Other assets		1.78	%		1.78	%	41 months
Interest rate-related instruments — customer and mirror		1,268,502		(58,632	)	Other liabilities		1.78	%		1.78	%	41 months
Interest rate lock commitments (mortgage)		129,377		(78	)	Other liabilities		—			—		—
Forward commitments (mortgage)		281,000		5,617		Other assets		—			—		—
Foreign currency exchange forwards		56,584		1,530		Other assets		—			—		—
Foreign currency exchange forwards		48,652		(1,289	)	Other liabilities		—			—		—

(1) Reflects the weighted average receive rate and pay rate for the interest rate swap derivative financial instruments only.

The table below identifies the income statement category of the gains and losses recognized in income on the Corporation’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments.

	Income Statement Category of Gain / (Loss) Recognized in Income	Gain / (Loss) Recognized in Income
	($ in Thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2011
Interest rate-related instruments — customer and mirror, net	Capital market fees, net		(2,443	)
Interest rate lock commitments (mortgage)	Mortgage banking, net		4,649
Forward commitments (mortgage)	Mortgage banking, net		(10,388	)
Foreign currency exchange forwards	Capital market fees, net		(53	)
Year ended December 31, 2010
Interest rate-related instruments — customer and mirror, net	Capital market fees, net		(1,876	)
Interest rate lock commitments (mortgage)	Mortgage banking, net		1,293
Forward commitments (mortgage)	Mortgage banking, net		1,105
Foreign currency exchange forwards	Capital market fees, net		(309	)

Free Standing Derivatives

The Corporation enters into various derivative contracts which are designated as free standing derivative contracts. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Such derivative contracts are carried at fair

132

value on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in the fair value recorded as a component of Capital market fees, net, and typically include interest rate-related instruments (swaps, caps, collars, and corridors). The net impact for 2011 and 2010 was a $2 million net loss.

Free standing derivatives are entered into primarily for the benefit of commercial customers through providing derivative products which enables the customer to manage their exposures to interest rate risk. The Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates related to these derivative contracts is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts have identical notional values, terms and indices.

Mortgage derivatives

Interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans are considered derivative instruments, and the fair value of these commitments is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets with the changes in fair value recorded as a component of mortgage banking, net. The fair value of the mortgage derivatives at December 31, 2011, was a net liability of $0.2 million compared to a net asset of $6 million at December 31, 2010.

Foreign currency derivatives

The Corporation provides foreign exchange services to customers. The Corporation may enter into a foreign currency forward to mitigate the exchange rate risk attached to the cash flows of a loan or as an offsetting contract to a forward entered into as a service to our customer. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $97 million in notional balances of foreign currency forwards related to loans and foreign currency forwards related to customer transactions (including mirror foreign currency forwards on the customer transactions). At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had $105 million in notional balances of foreign currency forwards related to loans and foreign currency forwards related to customer transactions (including mirror foreign currency forwards on the customer transactions).

Written and purchased option derivatives (time deposit)

The Corporation periodically enters into written and purchased option derivative instruments to facilitate an equity linked time deposit product (the “Power CD”) initiated during the third quarter of 2011. The Power CD is a time deposit that provides the purchaser a guaranteed return of principal at maturity plus a potential equity return (a written option), while the Corporation receives a known stream of funds on the equity return (a purchased option). The written and purchased options are mirror derivative instruments which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had $55 million in notional balances of written and purchased options.

133

NOTE 15    PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

Presented below are condensed financial statements for the Parent Company.

BALANCE SHEETS

	2011		2010
	($ in Thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$	126,835	$	207
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value		66,769		7,581
Notes receivable from subsidiaries		47,230		439,226
Investment in subsidiaries		3,277,693		3,072,227
Other assets		76,037		101,463
Total assets	$	3,594,564	$	3,620,704
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Senior notes, at par	$	430,000	$	—
Junior subordinated debentures, at par		211,340		211,340
Subordinated debt, at par		25,821		195,821
Long-term funding capitalized costs		7,750		4,123
Total long-term funding		674,911		411,284
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		53,859		50,629
Total liabilities		728,770		461,913
Preferred equity		63,272		514,388
Common equity		2,802,522		2,644,403
Total stockholders’ equity		2,865,794		3,158,791
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	3,594,564	$	3,620,704

134

STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
INCOME
Dividends from subsidiaries	$	—		$	4,000		$	9,900
Management and service fees from subsidiaries		54,242			47,238			44,596
Interest income on notes receivable		2,306			4,951			9,543
Other income		5,289			1,181			1,429
Total income		61,837			57,370			65,468
EXPENSE
Interest expense on borrowed funds		39,072			30,608			31,289
Provision for loan losses		—			—			(230	)
Personnel expense		38,258			34,652			29,359
Other expense		16,603			21,210			16,416
Total expense		93,933			86,470			76,834
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed income (loss)		(32,096	)		(29,100	)		(11,366	)
Income tax benefit		(17,788	)		(7,137	)		(4,319	)
Loss before equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries		(14,308	)		(21,963	)		(7,047	)
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries		154,007			21,107			(124,812	)
Net income (loss)		139,699			(856	)		(131,859	)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		24,830			29,531			29,348
Net income (loss) available to common equity	$	114,869		$	(30,387	)	$	(161,207	)

135

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	($ in Thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	139,699		$	(856	)	$	(131,859	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
(Increase) decrease in equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries		(154,007	)		(21,107	)		124,812
Depreciation and amortization		171			254			300
Loss on sales of investment securities, net of impairment write-downs		81			799			477
Gain on sales of assets, net		(13	)		—			—
Net change in other assets and other liabilities		25,356			40,469			(9,554	)
Capital contributed to subsidiaries		—			(200,000	)		(100,000	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		11,287			(180,441	)		(115,824	)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sales of investment securities		14,667			—			—
Purchase of investment securities		(75,221	)		—			—
Net cash paid in acquisition of subsidiary’s stock		—			—			(200,000	)
Net (increase) decrease in notes receivable		391,996			(232,499	)		411,517
Purchase of other assets, net of disposals		4,977			(5,204	)		(4,667	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		336,419			(237,703	)		206,850
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of long-term funding		432,504			—			—
Repayment of long-term funding		(170,000	)		(30,000	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		—			478,358			—
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock		63,272			—			—
Redemption of preferred stock		(525,000	)		—			—
Cash dividends		(21,195	)		(33,198	)		(86,600	)
Purchase of common stock		(659	)		(830	)		(599	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(221,078	)		414,330			(87,199	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		126,628			(3,814	)		3,827
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		207			4,021			194
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	126,835		$	207		$	4,021

NOTE 16    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:

Fair Value Measurements:

The FASB issued an accounting standard (subsequently codified into ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This accounting standard applies to reported balances that are required or permitted to be measured at fair value under existing accounting pronouncements; accordingly, the standard amends numerous accounting pronouncements but does not require any new fair value measurements of reported balances. The standard also emphasizes that fair value (i.e., the price that would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date), among other things, is based on exit price versus entry price, should include assumptions about risk such as nonperformance risk in liability fair values, and is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. When

136

considering the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, this accounting standard establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). The fair value hierarchy prioritizes inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels.

Level 1 inputs Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Corporation has the ability to access.

Level 2 inputs Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 inputs Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are typically based on an entity’s own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity.

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Corporation’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Corporation’s more significant instruments measured on a recurring basis at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. While the Corporation considered the unfavorable impact of recent economic challenges (including but not limited to weakened economic conditions, disruptions in capital markets, troubled or failed financial institutions, government intervention and actions) on quoted market prices for identical and similar financial instruments, and on inputs or assumptions used, the Corporation accepted the fair values determined under its valuation methodologies.

Investment securities available for sale:  Where quoted prices are available in an active market, investment securities are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investment securities primarily include U.S. Treasury, certain Federal agency, and exchange-traded debt and equity securities. If quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows, with consideration given to the nature of the quote and the relationship of recently evidenced market activity to the fair value estimate, and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Examples of these investment securities include certain Federal agency securities, obligations of state and political subdivisions, mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, and other debt securities. Lastly, in certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the estimated fair value, securities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 3 securities primarily include trust preferred securities. To validate the fair value estimates, assumptions, and controls, the Corporation looks to transactions for similar instruments and utilizes independent pricing provided by third-party vendors or brokers and relevant market indices. While none of these sources are solely indicative of fair value, they serve as directional indicators for the appropriateness of the Corporation’s fair value estimates. The Corporation has determined that the fair value measures of its investment securities are classified predominantly within Level 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 2, “Investment Securities,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s investment securities.

137

Derivative financial instrument (interest rate-related instruments):  The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate risk. In addition, the Corporation offers customer interest rate swaps, caps, collars, and corridors to service our customers’ needs, for which the Corporation simultaneously enters into offsetting derivative financial instruments (i.e., mirror interest rate swaps, caps, collars, and corridors) with third parties to manage its interest rate risk associated with these financial instruments. The valuation of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative and, also includes a nonperformance / credit risk component (credit valuation adjustment). See Note 14, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments.

The discounted cash flow analysis component in the fair value measurements reflects the contractual terms of the derivative financial instruments, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. More specifically, the fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments), with the variable cash payments (or receipts) based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves. Likewise, the fair values of interest rate options (i.e., interest rate caps, collars, and corridors) are determined using the market standard methodology of discounting the future expected cash receipts that would occur if variable interest rates fall below (or rise above) the strike rate of the floors (or caps), with the variable interest rates used in the calculation of projected receipts on the floor (or cap) based on an expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves and volatilities.

The Corporation also incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative financial instruments for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Corporation has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

While the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivative financial instruments fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. The Corporation has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions as of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, and has determined that the credit valuation adjustments are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivative financial instruments. Therefore, the Corporation has determined that the fair value measures of its derivative financial instruments in their entirety are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative financial instruments (foreign exchange):  The Corporation provides foreign exchange services to customers. In addition, the Corporation may enter into a foreign currency forward to mitigate the exchange rate risk attached to the cash flows of a loan or as an offsetting contract to a forward entered into as a service to our customer. The valuation of the Corporation’s foreign exchange forwards is determined using quoted prices of foreign exchange forwards with similar characteristics, with consideration given to the nature of the quote and the relationship of recently evidenced market activity to the fair value estimate, and are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative financial instruments (mortgage derivatives):  Mortgage derivatives include interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale to individual customers and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans to various investors. The Corporation relies on an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of its interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale, which includes grouping the interest rate lock commitments by interest rate and terms, applying an estimated pull-through rate based on historical experience, and then multiplying by quoted investor prices determined to be reasonably applicable to the loan commitment groups based on interest rate, terms, and rate lock expiration dates of the loan commitment groups.

138

The Corporation also relies on an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of its forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans (i.e., an estimate of what the Corporation would receive or pay to terminate the forward delivery contract based on market prices for similar financial instruments), which includes matching specific terms and maturities of the forward commitments against applicable investor pricing available. While there are Level 2 and 3 inputs used in the valuation models, the Corporation has determined that the majority of the inputs significant in the valuation of both of the mortgage derivatives fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 14, “Derivative and Hedging Activities,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s mortgage derivatives.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Corporation’s more significant instruments measured on a nonrecurring basis at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Loans Held for Sale:  Loans held for sale, which consist generally of current production of certain fixed-rate, first-lien residential mortgage loans, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of the residential mortgage loans held for sale was based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics, which the Corporation classifies as a Level 2 nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Impaired Loans:  The Corporation considers a loan impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the note agreement, including both principal and interest. Management has determined that commercial and consumer loan relationships that have nonaccrual status or have had their terms restructured in a troubled debt restructuring meet this impaired loan definition. The amount of impairment is based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the loan’s observable market price. The use of observable market price or estimated fair value of collateral on collateral-dependent loans is considered a fair value measurement subject to the fair value hierarchy. Appraised values are generally used on real estate collateral-dependent impaired loans, which the Corporation classifies as a Level 2 nonrecurring fair value measurement.

Mortgage servicing rights:  Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of mortgage servicing rights do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available to allow for a “quoted price for similar assets” comparison. Accordingly, the Corporation utilizes an independent valuation from a third party which uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights. The valuation model incorporates prepayment assumptions to project mortgage servicing rights cash flows based on the current interest rate scenario, which is then discounted to estimate an expected fair value of the mortgage servicing rights. The valuation model considers portfolio characteristics of the underlying mortgages, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, discount rate assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service, and other economic factors. The Corporation periodically reviews and assesses the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the model. In addition, the Corporation compares its fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data for mortgage servicing rights, where available, and to recent market activity and actual portfolio experience. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Corporation uses the amortization method (i.e., lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value measured on a nonrecurring basis), not fair value measurement accounting, for its mortgage servicing rights assets. See Note 4, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” for additional disclosure regarding the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights.

139

The table below presents the Corporation’s investment securities available for sale and derivative financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	($ in Thousands)
Assets:
Investment securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,001	$	1,001	$	—	$	—
Federal agency securities		24,049		41		24,008		—
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)		847,246		—		847,246		—
Residential mortgage-related securities		3,785,590		—		3,785,590		—
Commercial mortgage-related securities		18,543		—		18,543		—
Asset-backed securities		187,732		—		187,732		—
Other securities (debt and equity)		73,322		11,659		60,807		856
Total investment securities available for sale	$	4,937,483	$	12,701	$	4,923,926	$	856
Derivatives (other assets)		80,647		—		76,076		4,571
Liabilities:
Derivatives (other liabilities)	$	89,591	$	—	$	84,820	$	4,771

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	December 31, 2010		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	($ in Thousands)
Assets:
Investment securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities	$	1,208	$	1,208	$	—	$	—
Federal agency securities		29,767		51		29,716		—
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (municipal securities)		838,602		—		838,602		—
Residential mortgage-related securities		4,910,497		—		4,910,497		—
Commercial mortgage-related securities		7,753		—		7,753		—
Asset-backed securities		298,841		—		298,841		—
Other securities (debt and equity)		14,673		12,002		999		1,672
Total investment securities available for sale	$	6,101,341	$	13,261	$	6,086,408	$	1,672
Derivatives (other assets)		61,301		—		55,684		5,617
Liabilities:
Derivatives (other liabilities)	$	66,294	$	—	$	66,216	$	78

140

The table below presents a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, for financial instruments measured on a recurring basis and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

	Investment Securities Available for Sale			Derivatives
	($ in Thousands)
Balance December 31, 2009	$	—		$	3,141
Transfers in		4,663			—
Total net gains (losses) included in income:
Net impairment losses on investment securities		(2,991	)		—
Mortgage derivative gain, net		—			2,398
Balance December 31, 2010	$	1,672		$	5,539
Total net losses included in income:
Impairment losses on investment securities		(816	)		—
Mortgage derivative loss, net		—			(5,739	)
Balance December 31, 2011	$	856		$	(200	)

In valuing the investment securities available for sale classified within Level 3, the Corporation incorporated its own assumptions about future cash flows and discount rates adjusting for credit and liquidity factors. The Corporation also reviewed the underlying collateral and other relevant data in developing the assumptions for these investment securities.

The table below presents the Corporation’s loans held for sale, impaired loans, and mortgage servicing rights measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	($ in Thousands)
Assets:
Loans held for sale	$	249,195	$	—	$	249,195	$	—
Impaired loans(1)		146,625		—		146,625		—
Mortgage servicing rights	$	48,152	$	—	$	—	$	48,152
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	December 31, 2010		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	($ in Thousands)
Assets:
Loans held for sale	$	144,808	$	—	$	144,808	$	—
Impaired loans(1)		279,179		—		279,179		—
Mortgage servicing rights	$	63,909	$	—	$	—	$	63,909

(1) Represents collateral-dependent impaired loans, net, which are included in loans

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include other real estate owned (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

141

During 2011 and 2010, certain other real estate owned, upon initial recognition, was re-measured and reported at fair value through a charge off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the estimated fair value of the other real estate owned, less estimated selling costs. The fair value of other real estate owned, upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment, was estimated using appraised values, which the Corporation classifies as a Level 2 nonrecurring fair value measurement. Other real estate owned measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled approximately $54 million and $55 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition to other real estate owned measured at fair value upon initial recognition, the Corporation also recorded write-downs to the balance of other real estate owned for subsequent impairment of $9 million and $10 million to noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The Corporation is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions are set forth below for the Corporation’s financial instruments.

The estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments on the balance sheet at December 31 were as follows.

	2011				2010
	Carrying Amount		Fair Value		Carrying Amount			Fair Value
	($ in Thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	454,958	$	454,958	$	319,487		$	319,487
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions		154,562		154,562		546,125			546,125
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell		7,075		7,075		2,550			2,550
Investment securities available for sale		4,937,483		4,937,483		6,101,341			6,101,341
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stocks		191,188		191,188		190,968			190,968
Loans held for sale		249,195		255,201		144,808			144,808
Loans, net		13,652,920		12,751,626		12,139,922			10,568,980
Bank owned life insurance		544,764		544,764		533,069			533,069
Accrued interest receivable		68,920		68,920		73,982			73,982
Interest rate related agreements(1)		71,143		71,143		54,154			54,154
Foreign currency exchange forwards		2,079		2,079		1,530			1,530
Interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale		4,571		4,571		(78	)		(78	)
Purchased options (time deposit)		2,854		2,854		—			—
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	15,090,655	$	15,090,655	$	15,225,393		$	15,225,393
Short-term funding		2,514,485		2,514,485		1,747,382			1,747,382
Long-term funding		1,177,071		1,309,687		1,413,605			1,491,786
Accrued interest payable		15,931		15,931		17,163			17,163
Interest rate related agreements(1)		80,075		80,075		64,927			64,927
Foreign currency exchange forwards		1,891		1,891		1,289			1,289
Standby letters of credit(2)		3,648		3,648		3,943			3,943
Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans		4,771		4,771		(5,617	)		(5,617	)
Written options (time deposit)		2,854		2,854		—			—

(1) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the notional amount of cash flow hedge interest rate swap agreements was $100 million and $200 million, respectively. See Note 14 for information on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

142

(2) The commitment on standby letters of credit was $0.3 and $0.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 13 for additional information on the standby letters of credit and for information on the fair value of lending-related commitments.

Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and accrued interest receivable—For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investment securities available for sale—The fair value of investment securities available for sale is based on quoted prices in active markets, or if quoted prices are not available for a specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stocks—The carrying amount is a reasonable fair value estimate for the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stocks given their “restricted” nature (i.e., the stock can only be sold back to the respective institutions (Federal Home Loan Bank or Federal Reserve Bank) or another member institution at par).

Loans held for sale—The fair value estimation process for the loans held for sale portfolio is segregated by loan type. The estimated fair value of the residential mortgage loans held for sale was based on what secondary markets are currently offering for products with similar characteristics.

Loans, net—The fair value estimation process for the loan portfolio uses an exit price concept and reflects discounts the Corporation believes are consistent with liquidity discounts in the market place. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial and industrial, real estate construction, commercial real estate (owner occupied and investor), lease financing, residential mortgage, home equity, and other installment. The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for similar maturities. The fair value analysis also included other assumptions to estimate fair value, intended to approximate those a market participant would use in an orderly transaction, with adjustments for discount rates, interest rates, liquidity, and credit spreads, as appropriate. In addition, as part of the annual goodwill impairment assessment, the Corporation may consult with an independent party as to the assumptions used and to determine that the Corporation’s valuation is consistent with the third party valuation.

Bank owned life insurance—The fair value of bank owned life insurance approximates the carrying amount, because upon liquidation of these investments, the Corporation would receive the cash surrender value which equals the carrying amount.

Deposits—The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, interest-bearing demand deposits, and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of the balance sheet date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. However, if the estimated fair value of certificates of deposit is less than the carrying value, the carrying value is reported as the fair value of the certificates of deposit.

Accrued interest payable and short-term funding—For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Long-term funding—Rates currently available to the Corporation for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of existing borrowings.

Interest rate-related agreements—The fair value of interest rate swap, cap, collar, and corridor agreements is determined using discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. The Corporation also incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements.

143

Foreign currency exchange forwards—The fair value of the Corporation’s foreign exchange forwards is determined using quoted prices of foreign exchange forwards with similar characteristics, with consideration given to the nature of the quote and the relationship of recently evidenced market activity to the fair value estimate.

Standby letters of credit—The fair value of standby letters of credit represent deferred fees arising from the related off-balance sheet financial instruments. These deferred fees approximate the fair value of these instruments and are based on several factors, including the remaining terms of the agreement and the credit standing of the customer.

Interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale—The Corporation relies on an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of its interest rate lock commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale, which includes grouping the interest rate lock commitments by interest rate and terms, applying an estimated pull-through rate based on historical experience, and then multiplying by quoted investor prices determined to be reasonably applicable to the loan commitment groups based on interest rate, terms, and rate lock expiration dates of the loan commitment groups.

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans—The Corporation relies on an internal valuation model to estimate the fair value of its forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans (i.e., an estimate of what the Corporation would receive or pay to terminate the forward delivery contract based on market prices for similar financial instruments), which includes matching specific terms and maturities of the forward commitments against applicable investor pricing available.

Limitations—Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Corporation’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

NOTE 17    REGULATORY MATTERS:

Restrictions on Cash and Due From Banks

The Corporation’s bank subsidiary is required to maintain certain vault cash and reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank to meet specific reserve requirements. These requirements approximated $39 million at December 31, 2011.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Corporation and its subsidiary bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Corporation’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).

144

Management believes, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, that the Corporation meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

On November 5, 2009, Associated Bank, National Association (the “Bank”) entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), its primary banking regulator. The MOU, which was an informal agreement between the Bank and the OCC, required the Bank to develop, implement, and maintain various processes to improve the Bank’s risk management of its loan portfolio and a three year capital plan providing for maintenance of specified capital levels, notification to the OCC of dividends proposed to be paid to the Corporation and the commitment of the Corporation to act as a primary or contingent source of the Bank’s capital. On September 6, 2011, the Corporation announced that it had been advised by the OCC that the MOU the Bank had entered into in November 2009 had been terminated. On April 6, 2010, the Corporation entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“Memorandum”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“Reserve Bank”). The Memorandum, was an informal agreement between the Corporation and the Reserve Bank. As required, management has submitted plans to strengthen board and management oversight and risk management and for maintaining sufficient capital incorporating stress scenarios. On February 27, 2012, the Corporation announced that it had been advised by the Reserve Bank that it has complied fully with the terms of the Memorandum. As a result, the Memorandum is expected to be terminated in March 2012.

The Bank has recently agreed to enter into a Consent Order with the OCC regarding its BSA compliance. The Consent Order will require the Bank to create a BSA-focused action plan, supplement existing customer due diligence policies and procedures, perform a BSA risk assessment and complete independent testing. The Bank has not been informed that this action includes the assessment of a civil money penalty. The Bank has been working cooperatively with the OCC to address the OCC’s BSA concerns. The costs related to such orders cannot be determined but their effects are not likely to have a material impact on either the Parent Company or the Bank.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the most recent notifications from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the subsidiary bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the subsidiary bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, and tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category. The actual capital amounts and ratios of the Corporation and its significant subsidiary are presented below. No deductions from capital were made for interest rate risk in 2011 or 2010.

	Actual					For Capital Adequacy Purposes					To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions:(2)
($ In Thousands)	Amount		Ratio(1)			Amount		Ratio(1)			Amount		Ratio(1)
As of December 31, 2011:
Associated Banc-Corp
Total Capital	$	2,263,065		15.53	%	$	1,165,466	³	8.00	%
Tier 1 Capital		2,051,787		14.08			582,733	³	4.00	%
Leverage		2,051,787		9.81			836,537	³	4.00	%
Associated Bank, N.A.
Total Capital	$	2,369,363		16.50	%	$	1,148,924	³	8.00	%	$	1,436,155	³	10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital		2,186,776		15.23			574,462	³	4.00	%		861,693	³	6.00	%
Leverage		2,186,776		10.56			828,505	³	4.00	%		1,035,632	³	5.00	%
As of December 31, 2010:
Associated Banc-Corp
Total Capital	$	2,576,297		19.05	%	$	1,081,706	³	8.00	%
Tier 1 Capital		2,376,893		17.58			540,853	³	4.00	%
Leverage		2,376,893		11.19			849,819	³	4.00	%
Associated Bank, N.A.
Total Capital	$	2,182,244		16.38	%	$	1,065,614	³	8.00	%	$	1,332,017	³	10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital		2,011,381		15.10			532,807	³	4.00	%		799,210	³	6.00	%
Leverage		2,011,381		9.55			842,053	³	4.00	%		1,052,567	³	5.00	%

145

1) Total Capital ratio is defined as tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets. The Tier 1 Capital ratio is defined as tier 1 capital divided by total risk-weighted assets. The leverage ratio is defined as tier 1 capital divided by the most recent quarter’s average total assets.

2) Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable at the bank holding company level.

NOTE 18    EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:

Earnings per share are calculated utilizing the two-class method. Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common shareholders and undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common shareholders and undistributed earnings allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock awards (outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock, and outstanding stock warrants). Presented below are the calculations for basic and diluted earnings per common share.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income (loss)	$	139,699		$	(856	)	$	(131,859	)
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion		(24,830	)		(29,531	)		(29,348	)
Net income (loss) available to common equity	$	114,869		$	(30,387	)	$	(161,207	)
Common shareholder dividends		(6,935	)		(6,918	)		(60,102	)
Unvested share-based payment awards		(42	)		(30	)		(248	)
Undistributed earnings	$	107,892		$	(37,335	)	$	(221,557	)
Basic
Distributed earnings to common shareholders	$	6,935		$	6,918		$	60,102
Undistributed earnings to common shareholders		107,231			(37,335	)		(221,557	)
Total common shareholders earnings, basic	$	114,166		$	(30,417	)	$	(161,455	)
Diluted
Distributed earnings to common shareholders	$	6,935		$	6,918		$	60,102
Undistributed earnings to common shareholders		107,231			(37,335	)		(221,557	)
Total common shareholders earnings, diluted	$	114,166		$	(30,417	)	$	(161,455	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding		173,370			171,230			127,858
Effect of dilutive common stock awards		2			—			—
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		173,372			171,230			127,858
Basic earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.66		$	(0.18	)	$	(1.26	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share	$	0.66		$	(0.18	)	$	(1.26	)

Options to purchase approximately 8 million shares were outstanding at December 31, 2011 but excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share as the effect would have been anti-dilutive. As a result of the Corporation’s reported net loss for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, all of the stock options outstanding were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share.

146

NOTE 19    SEGMENT REPORTING:

Selected financial and descriptive information is required to be provided about reportable operating segments, considering a “management approach” concept as the basis for identifying reportable segments. The management approach is based on the way that management organizes the segments within the enterprise for making operating decisions, allocating resources, and assessing performance. Consequently, the segments are evident from the structure of the enterprise’s internal organization, focusing on financial information that an enterprise’s chief operating decision-makers use to make decisions about the enterprise’s operating matters.

The Corporation’s primary segment is banking, conducted through its bank and lending subsidiaries. For purposes of segment disclosure, as allowed by the governing accounting statement, these entities have been combined as one segment that have similar economic characteristics and the nature of their products, services, processes, customers, delivery channels, and regulatory environment are similar. Banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governmental units, and consumers (including mortgages, home equity lending, and card products) and the support to deliver, fund, and manage such banking services.

147

The wealth management segment provides products and a variety of fiduciary, investment management, advisory, and Corporate agency services to assist customers in building, investing, or protecting their wealth, including insurance, brokerage, and trust/asset management. The other segment includes intersegment eliminations and residual revenues and expenses, representing the difference between actual amounts incurred and the amounts allocated to operating segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1.

	Banking			Wealth Management			Other			Consolidated Total
	($ in Thousands)
2011
Net interest income	$	612,208		$	623		$	—		$	612,831
Provision for loan losses		52,000			—			—			52,000
Noninterest income		215,402			104,300			(11,403	)		308,299
Depreciation and amortization		63,004			1,168			—			64,172
Other noninterest expense		538,224			94,710			(11,403	)		621,531
Income tax expense		40,110			3,618			—			43,728
Net income	$	134,272		$	5,427		$	—		$	139,699
Percent of consolidated net income		96	%		4	%		—	%		100	%
Total assets	$	21,863,851		$	144,575		$	(84,209	)	$	21,924,217
Percent of consolidated total assets		100	%		—	%		—	%		100	%
Total revenues*	$	827,610		$	104,923		$	(11,403	)	$	921,130
Percent of consolidated total revenues		90	%		11	%		(1	)%		100	%
2010
Net interest income	$	633,050		$	729		$	—		$	633,779
Provision for loan losses		390,010			—			—			390,010
Noninterest income		274,383			99,286			(5,204	)		368,465
Depreciation and amortization		56,731			1,238			—			57,969
Other noninterest expense		519,631			80,866			(5,204	)		595,293
Income tax expense (benefit)		(47,336	)		7,164			—			(40,172	)
Net income (loss)	$	(11,603	)	$	10,747		$	—		$	(856	)
Percent of consolidated net income (loss)		N/M			N/M			N/M			N/M
Total assets	$	21,726,210		$	135,438		$	(76,052	)	$	21,785,596
Percent of consolidated total assets		100	%		—	%		—	%		100	%
Total revenues*	$	907,433		$	100,015		$	(5,204	)	$	1,002,244
Percent of consolidated total revenues		91	%		10	%		(1	)%		100	%
2009
Net interest income	$	725,164		$	841		$	—		$	726,005
Provision for loan losses		750,645			—			—			750,645
Noninterest income		277,876			96,944			(4,240	)		370,580
Depreciation and amortization		54,468			1,317			—			55,785
Other noninterest expense		499,423			80,071			(4,240	)		575,254
Income tax expense (benefit)		(159,799	)		6,559			—			(153,240	)
Net income (loss)	$	(141,697	)	$	9,838		$	—		$	(131,859	)
Percent of consolidated net income (loss)		N/M			N/M			N/M			N/M
Total assets	$	22,817,934		$	125,687		$	(69,479	)	$	22,874,142
Percent of consolidated total assets		100	%		—	%		—	%		100	%
Total revenues*	$	1,003,040		$	97,785		$	(4,240	)	$	1,096,585
Percent of consolidated total revenues		91	%		9	%		—	%		100	%

N/M = Not meaningful.

* Total revenues for this segment disclosure are defined to be the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income, net of mortgage servicing rights amortization.

148

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Associated Banc-Corp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Associated Banc-Corp’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 27, 2012

149

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures as required under Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2011. No changes were made to the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Associated Banc-Corp (the “Corporation”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

As of December 31, 2011, management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, was effective.

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, is included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

150

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Associated Banc-Corp:

We have audited Associated Banc-Corp’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Associated Banc-Corp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Associated Banc-Corp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 27, 2012

151

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item under the captions “Election of Directors” and “Information About the Board of Directors”; information concerning executive officers of the Corporation under the caption “Information About the Executive Officers,”; and information concerning Section 16(a) compliance under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item, under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” and “Compensation and Benefits Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item, under the caption “Stock Ownership,” is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2011, regarding shares outstanding and available for issuance under the Corporation’s existing equity compensation plans. Additional information regarding stock-based compensation is presented in Note 10, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements within Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Plan Category	(a) Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		(b) Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		(c) Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		7,055,274	$	21.99		9,442,134
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—
Total		7,055,274	$	21.99		9,442,134

152

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item under the captions “Related Person Transactions,” and “Affirmative Determinations Regarding Director Independence,” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information in the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement, prepared for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which contains information concerning this item under the caption “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)    1 and 2 Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial statements and financial statement schedules are included under a separate caption “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8 hereof and are incorporated herein by reference.

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) — For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity — For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

153

(a)    3 Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

Exhibit Number	Description
(3)(a)	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation	Exhibit (3) to Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2006
(3)(b)	Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Associated Banc-Corp with respect to its 8.00% Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, dated September 12, 2011	Exhibit (3.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on September 15, 2011
(3)(c)	Amended and Restated Bylaws	Exhibit (3.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28, 2010
(4)	Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
	The Parent Company, by signing this report, agrees to furnish the SEC, upon its request, a copy of any instrument that defines the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Corporation and its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed and that authorizes a total amount of securities not in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Corporation on a consolidated basis
(4)(b)	Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, between Associated Banc-Corp and The Bank of New York Mellow Trust Company, N.A.	Exhibit (4.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2011
(4)(c)	Global Note dated as of March 28, 2011 representing $300,000,000 5.125% Senior Notes due 2016	Exhibit (4.2) to Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2011
(4)(d)	Global Note dated as of September 13, 2011 representing $130,000,000 5.125% Senior Notes due 2016	Exhibit (4.4) to Report on Form 8-K filed on September 15, 2011
(4)(e)	Deposit Agreement, dated September 14, 2011, among Associated Banc-Corp, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the Depositary Receipts described therein, and Form of Depositary Receipt	Exhibit (4.2) to Report on Form 8-K filed on September 15, 2011
(4)(f)	Warrant Agreement for 3,983,308 Warrants, dated as of November 30, 2011, between Associated Banc-Corp and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.	Exhibit (4.1) to Report on Form 8-A filed on December 1, 2011
(4)(g)	Specimen Warrant for 3,983,308 Warrants	Exhibit (4.2) to Report on Form 8-A filed on December 1, 2011

154

Exhibit Number	Description
*(10)(a)	Associated Banc-Corp 1987 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008	Exhibit (10)(a) to Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2009
*(10)(b)	Associated Banc-Corp 1999 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008	Exhibit (10)(b) to Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2009
*(10)(c)	Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan, Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008	Exhibit (10)(c) to Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2009
*(10)(d)	Associated Banc-Corp Deferred Compensation Plan	Exhibit (10)(h) to Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2009
*(10)(e)	Associated Banc-Corp Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, Restated Effective January 1, 2008	Exhibit (10)(i) to Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 2009
*(10)(f)	Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2009, by and between Associated Banc-Corp and Philip B. Flynn	Exhibit (99.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2009
*(10)(g)	Amendment to Associated Banc-Corp 2003 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan effective November 15, 2009	Exhibit (99.2) to Report on Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2009
*(10)(h)	Associated Banc-Corp 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan	Exhibit (99.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2010
*(10)(i)	Form of Share Salary Agreement Pursuant to Associated Banc-Corp 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan	Exhibit (99.5) to Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2010
*(10)(j)	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Pursuant to Associated Banc-Corp 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan	Exhibit (99.6) to Report on Form 8-K filed on April 29, 2010
*(10)(k)	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement	Exhibit (99.2) to Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2012
*(10)(l)	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement	Exhibit (99.3) to Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2012
*(10)(m)	Associated Banc-Corp Change of Control Plan, Restated Effective September 28, 2011	Exhibit (10.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2011
*(10)(n)	Associated Banc-Corp Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan	Exhibit (99.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2011
*(10)(o)	Associated Banc-Corp Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Philip B. Flynn	Exhibit (99.2) to Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2011
*(10)(p)	Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement	Exhibit (99.1) to Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2012
(11)	Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings	See Note 18 in Part II Item 8

155

Exhibit Number	Description
(21)	Subsidiaries of Associated Banc-Corp	Filed herewith
(23)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	Filed herewith
(31.1)	Certification Under Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley by Philip B. Flynn, Chief Executive Officer	Filed herewith
(31.2)	Certification Under Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley by Joseph B. Selner, Chief Financial Officer	Filed herewith
(32)	Certification by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley.	Filed herewith
(99.1)	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008	Filed herewith
(99.2)	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008	Filed herewith
(101)**	Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.	Filed herewith

* Management contracts and arrangements.

** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Schedules and exhibits other than those listed are omitted for the reasons that they are not required, are not applicable or that equivalent information has been included in the financial statements, and notes thereto, or elsewhere within.

156

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	ASSOCIATED BANC-CORP
Date: February 27, 2012	By:	/s/    Philip B. Flynn
		Philip B. Flynn
		President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    Philip B. Flynn Philip B. Flynn	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	February 27, 2012
/s/    Joseph B. Selner Joseph B. Selner	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	February 27, 2012
/s/    William R. Hutchinson William R. Hutchinson	Chairman	February 27, 2012
/s/    John F. Bergstrom John F. Bergstrom	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    Ruth M. Crowley Ruth M. Crowley	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    Ronald R. Harder Ronald R. Harder	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    Robert A. Jeffe Robert A. Jeffe	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    Eileen A. Kamerick Eileen A. Kamerick	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    Richard T. Lommen Richard T. Lommen	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    J. Douglas Quick J. Douglas Quick	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    John C. Seramur John C. Seramur	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    Karen T. van Lith Karen T. van Lith	Director	February 27, 2012
/s/    John B. Williams John B. Williams	Director	February 27, 2012

157